<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?><rss xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/" xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/" xmlns:atom="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" version="2.0" xmlns:media="http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/"><channel><title><![CDATA[Delishably]]></title><description><![CDATA[Food and Drink. Recipes, news, cooking hacks, tips, and tricks from around the world written by home chefs and foodistas like you!]]></description><link>https://delishably.com</link><image><url>https://delishably.com/site/images/apple-touch-icon.png</url><title>Delishably</title><link>https://delishably.com</link></image><generator>Tempest</generator><lastBuildDate>Sat, 25 Jul 2026 07:51:47 GMT</lastBuildDate><atom:link href="https://delishably.com/.rss/feed/0092cbe6-34c0-4199-831f-f0dd7bc0ade4.xml" rel="self" type="application/rss+xml"/><pubDate>Sat, 25 Jul 2026 07:51:47 GMT</pubDate><copyright><![CDATA[The Arena Media Brands, LLC and respective content providers on this website. HubPages® is a registered trademark of The Arena Platform, Inc. Other product and company names shown may be trademarks of their respective owners. The Arena Media Brands, LLC  and respective content providers to this website may receive compensation for some links to products and services on this website.]]></copyright><language><![CDATA[en]]></language><atom:link href="https://pubsubhubbub.appspot.com/" rel="hub"/><item><title><![CDATA[Cheesy Zucchini Muffins]]></title><description/><link>https://delishably.com/recipes/cheesy-zucchini-muffins</link><guid isPermaLink="true">https://delishably.com/recipes/cheesy-zucchini-muffins</guid><category><![CDATA[Quick Breads]]></category><category><![CDATA[Lunch]]></category><category><![CDATA[Breakfast & Brunch]]></category><category><![CDATA[Recipes]]></category><category><![CDATA[Baking]]></category><dc:creator><![CDATA[Felicia Garrett]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Mon, 20 Jul 2026 18:53:27 GMT</pubDate><enclosure url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY4Nzc3/cheesy-zucchini-muffins---hero-image.jpg?profile=rss" length="123757" type="false"/><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>A batch of warm, cheesy zucchini muffins is one of the easiest ways to put extra summer zucchini to good use. The zucchini keeps the muffins moist, while Cheddar, garlic, and chives give them plenty of savory flavor without requiring much prep.</p><p>Serve them warm with eggs for breakfast, tuck them into a lunchbox, or pair them with a <strong><a href="https://delishably.com/spinach-salad-with-mushrooms-bacon-eggs-and-parmesan">Spinach Salad</a></strong>or bowl of <a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/creamy-tomato-basil-soup-carrots"><strong>Creamy Tomato Soup</strong></a> or <a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/white-bean-chicken-chili"><strong>White Bean Chicken Chili</strong></a> for an easy lunch or dinner. </p><p>Related: <a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/summer-produce-recipes"><strong>25 Recipes That Make the Most of Summer Produce</strong></a></p><h2>Everything You Need to Make Cheesy Zucchini Muffins</h2><p>These savory muffins come together with a short list of everyday ingredients, but a few are worth paying attention to for the best texture and flavor.</p><ul><li><strong>Zucchini:</strong> Grate the zucchini, then squeeze out as much excess moisture as possible. Removing that extra water helps keep the muffins tender without making the centers wet or gummy.</li><li><strong>Cheddar cheese:</strong> Sharp Cheddar gives the muffins the most noticeable cheese flavor, but mild or medium Cheddar also works well.</li><li><strong>All-purpose flour:</strong> One cup gives the muffins enough structure while keeping the crumb soft and tender.</li><li><strong>Butter:</strong> Melted butter adds richness and flavor. A neutral cooking oil can be substituted if preferred.</li><li><strong>Chives or green onions:</strong> These are optional, but they add a fresh, mild onion flavor that pairs especially well with the Cheddar and zucchini.</li></ul><h2>A Few Tips for Better Zucchini Muffins</h2><ul><li><strong>Squeeze the zucchini well.</strong> Zucchini holds a surprising amount of water, so removing as much moisture as possible before mixing the batter is important.</li><li><strong>Don't overmix the batter.</strong> Stir just until the wet and dry ingredients come together. Overmixing can make the muffins dense or tough.</li><li><strong>Check for doneness in the center.</strong> The muffins should be lightly golden on top, and a toothpick inserted into the center should come out clean.</li><li><strong>Serve them warm.</strong> These muffins are especially good slightly warm, when the crumb is soft and the Cheddar is at its best.</li></ul><h2>How to Store and Freeze Zucchini Muffins</h2><p>Let the muffins cool completely before storing them in an airtight container in the refrigerator for up to four days. Reheat them briefly in the microwave or a low oven before serving.</p><p>For longer storage, wrap the cooled muffins individually and place them in a freezer-safe container or bag. Freeze for up to three months and thaw overnight in the refrigerator before reheating.</p><h2>More Zucchini Recipes</h2><p>Have more zucchini to use? Try these next:</p><ul><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/classic-zucchini-bread"><strong>Classic Zucchini Bread</strong></a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/grilled-zucchini-with-lemon-zest"><strong>Grilled Zucchini With Lemon Zest</strong></a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/sauteed-zucchini-almonds"><strong>Zucchini With Toasted Almonds and Parmesan</strong></a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/spring-vegetable-orzo-skillet"><strong>Orzo Skillet With Peas, Zucchini, and Feta</strong></a></li></ul><figure>
                        
                        <img src="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY4Nzc2/cheesy-zucchini-muffins---ingredients.jpg?profile=rss" height="675" width="504">
                        
                    </figure>
                    <h3>Ingredients</h3><ul><li>1 cup all-purpose flour</li><li>1 teaspoon baking powder</li><li>1/2 teaspoon garlic powder</li><li>1/2 teaspoon kosher salt</li><li>1/4 teaspoon black pepper</li><li>1 cup grated zucchini, squeezed dry</li><li>1 cup shredded Cheddar cheese</li><li>2 tablespoons chopped fresh chives, optional</li><li>1 large egg</li><li>1/4 cup milk</li><li>1/4 cup unsalted butter, melted</li></ul><ol><li>Heat the oven to 375°F. Lightly grease a 12-cup muffin tin.</li><li>Whisk \u003cstrong\u003e1 cup all-purpose flour\u003c/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003e1 teaspoon baking powder\u003c/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003e1/2 teaspoon garlic powder\u003c/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003e1/2 teaspoon kosher salt\u003c/strong\u003e, and \u003cstrong\u003e1/4 teaspoon black pepper\u003c/strong\u003e in a large bowl until evenly combined.</li><li>Stir \u003cstrong\u003e1 cup grated zucchini, squeezed dry\u003c/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003e1 cup shredded Cheddar cheese\u003c/strong\u003e, and \u003cstrong\u003e2 tablespoons chopped fresh chives, \u003c/strong\u003eif using, into the dry mixture until evenly distributed.</li><li>Whisk \u003cstrong\u003e1 large egg\u003c/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003e1/4 cup milk\u003c/strong\u003e, and \u003cstrong\u003e1/4 cup unsalted butter, \u003c/strong\u003emelted, in a small bowl until smooth. Pour into the zucchini mixture and stir just until combined. Do not overmix.</li><li>Divide the batter among the prepared muffin cups, filling each about three-quarters full.</li><li>Bake the muffins for 20 to 25 minutes until the tops are golden and a toothpick inserted into the center comes out clean.</li><li>Cool the muffins in the pan for 5 minutes, then transfer to a wire rack. Serve warm. </li></ol>]]></content:encoded><media:thumbnail height="675" url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY4Nzc3/cheesy-zucchini-muffins---hero-image.jpg?profile=rss" width="1200"/><media:content height="675" medium="image" type="" url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY4Nzc3/cheesy-zucchini-muffins---hero-image.jpg?profile=rss" width="1200"><media:title>cheesy-zucchini-muffins---hero-image</media:title><media:text>Cheesy Zucchini Muffins (Hero Image)</media:text></media:content></item><item><title><![CDATA[Sheet-Pan Steak Fajitas]]></title><description/><link>https://delishably.com/recipes/sheet-pan-steak-fajitas</link><guid isPermaLink="true">https://delishably.com/recipes/sheet-pan-steak-fajitas</guid><category><![CDATA[Dinner Recipes]]></category><category><![CDATA[Recipes]]></category><category><![CDATA[Weeknight Dinners]]></category><category><![CDATA[Steak]]></category><category><![CDATA[Sheet-Pan Dinner Recipes]]></category><dc:creator><![CDATA[Felicia Garrett]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 16 Jul 2026 17:54:20 GMT</pubDate><enclosure url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY4Nzcy/sheet-pan-steak-fajitas-plated-hero-image.jpg?profile=rss" length="220642" type="false"/><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>This sheet-pan method turns steak fajitas into an <a href="https://delishably.com/tag/weeknight-dinners">easy weeknight dinner</a>. The citrus-marinated skirt steak roasts above the peppers and onions, letting the seasoned juices flavor the vegetables as everything cooks together. A quick broil adds browned edges before the steak is sliced and tucked into warm tortillas. Find more ideas in our <a href="https://delishably.com/tag/steak">steak recipes</a> and <a href="https://delishably.com/tag/sheet-pan">sheet-pan dinners</a>.</p><figure>
                        
                        <img src="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY4NzI0/sheet-pan-steak-fajitas---ingredients.jpg?profile=rss" height="675" width="504">
                        
                    </figure>
                    <h2>What to Serve With</h2><ul><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/guacamole-recipe-with-tomatillo-and-lime-pickled-onion">Guacamole with Tomatillo and Pickled Onion</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/mexican-rice">Mexican Rice</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/cheesy-green-chile-corn">Cheesy Green Chile Corn</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/quick-salsa-with-tomatoes-lime-and-cilantro">Quick Salsa</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/pico-gallo-salsa">Pico de Gallo</a></li></ul><h2>Expert Tips</h2><ul><li>Spread the peppers and onions in a flat layer. If they are piled up, they steam and stay soft instead of getting browned edges.</li><li>Slice the steak against the grain after resting. That one step matters more than chasing an exact minute count.</li><li>If the vegetables need more color after the steak is done, move the steak to a cutting board to rest and broil the vegetables for 2 to 3 extra minutes.</li><li>If your skirt steak is very thin at one end, fold that section under itself on the rack so it cooks more evenly.</li></ul><h2>Substitutions</h2><ul><li>Skirt steak can be replaced with flank steak. It stays close in flavor, though it may need a few extra minutes depending on thickness.</li><li>Jalapeños can be replaced with 1 poblano for a milder heat and a slightly earthier pepper flavor.</li></ul><h2>FAQs</h2><h3>Can I marinate the steak overnight?</h3><p>A shorter marinade is better here. The citrus is strong enough that overnight can start to change the texture of the steak too much.</p><h3>What if I do not have a wire rack?</h3><p>Roast the steak directly on the sheet pan with the vegetables. The peppers and onions will be a little softer, but the recipe still works.</p><h3>Can I make this less spicy?</h3><p>Yes. Use fewer jalapeños or swap in poblano. You still get pepper flavor without as much heat.</p><h2>Storage</h2><p>Store cooled steak and vegetables in an airtight container in the refrigerator for up to 4 days. Keep them together if you plan to reheat everything at once, or separate the steak so it does not overcook as quickly. Reheat in a skillet or a 350 F oven until warmed through. It freezes fairly well for up to 2 months in a freezer-safe container, though the peppers will soften a bit after thawing.</p><h3>Ingredients</h3><ul><li>2 pounds skirt steak, cut into pieces as needed to fit the sheet pan</li><li>2 jalapeños, roughly chopped</li><li>1 bunch cilantro, roughly chopped</li><li>3 garlic cloves, minced</li><li>1/4 cup olive oil</li><li>1/4 cup fresh lime juice </li><li>1/4 cup orange juice</li><li>2 tablespoons fresh lemon juice </li><li>2 teaspoons paprika</li><li>2 teaspoons kosher salt</li><li>1 teaspoon ground cumin</li><li>1 teaspoon onion powder </li><li>1 teaspoon black pepper </li></ul><ol><li>Place the \u003cstrong\u003e2 pounds skirt steak\u003c/strong\u003e in a large zip-top bag or shallow dish. Add the \u003cstrong\u003e2 chopped jalapeños, 1 bunch chopped cilantro, 3 minced garlic cloves, 1/4 cup olive oil, 1/4 cup lime juice, 1/4 cup orange juice, 2 tablespoons lemon juice, 2 teaspoons paprika, 2 teaspoons salt, 1 teaspoon cumin, 1 teaspoon onion powder, and 1 teaspoon black pepper\u003c/strong\u003e. Turn the steak to coat, cover, and refrigerate for at least 30 minutes or up to 4 hours.</li><li>Heat the oven to 425°F. Arrange the \u003cstrong\u003e1 sliced onion and 3 sliced bell peppers\u003c/strong\u003e on a large rimmed sheet pan. Toss with the \u003cstrong\u003e2 tablespoons neutral oil, 1 tablespoon paprika, 2 teaspoons cumin, 2 teaspoons garlic powder, 1 1/2 teaspoons salt, and 1 teaspoon black pepper\u003c/strong\u003e. Spread the vegetables into an even layer and roast for 15 minutes.</li><li>Remove the steak from the marinade, letting the excess drip off. Set an oven-safe wire rack over the vegetables and arrange the steak on the rack without overlapping the pieces.</li><li>Return the pan to the oven and roast until the thickest part of the steak reaches 130°F to 135°F for medium-rare or 135°F to 140°F for medium, about 8 to 12 minutes depending on thickness.</li><li>Transfer the steak to a cutting board and let it rest for 10 minutes. Remove the rack and broil the vegetables for 2 to 3 minutes if they need more color.</li><li>Slice the steak thinly against the grain. Serve it with the roasted peppers and onions, warm tortillas, lime wedges, and your preferred toppings.</li></ol>]]></content:encoded><media:thumbnail height="675" url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY4Nzcy/sheet-pan-steak-fajitas-plated-hero-image.jpg?profile=rss" width="1200"/><media:content height="675" medium="image" type="" url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY4Nzcy/sheet-pan-steak-fajitas-plated-hero-image.jpg?profile=rss" width="1200"><media:title>sheet-pan-steak-fajitas-plated-hero-image</media:title><media:text>Sheet-Pan Steak Fajitas Plated Hero Image</media:text></media:content></item><item><title><![CDATA[25 Recipes That Make the Most of Summer Produce]]></title><description><![CDATA[Ripe tomatoes, sweet corn, zucchini, cucumbers, peaches, berries, and fresh herbs are some of the best reasons to cook in summer. Put them to work in pasta salads, grilling recipes, easy summer dinners, and fruit-filled summer desserts. A few simple shopping, preparation, and storage tips can help ...]]></description><link>https://delishably.com/recipes/summer-produce-recipes</link><guid isPermaLink="true">https://delishably.com/recipes/summer-produce-recipes</guid><category><![CDATA[Recipes]]></category><category><![CDATA[Package]]></category><category><![CDATA[Summer]]></category><category><![CDATA[Editors Picks]]></category><dc:creator><![CDATA[Felicia Garrett]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Wed, 15 Jul 2026 20:05:58 GMT</pubDate><enclosure url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDU2NjA5/grilled-vegetable-platter-dressing_hero_landscape.jpg?profile=rss" length="159520" type="false"/><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Ripe tomatoes, sweet corn, zucchini, cucumbers, peaches, berries, and fresh herbs are some of the best reasons to cook in summer.</p><p>Put them to work in <strong><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/salads">pasta salads</a></strong>, <strong><a href="https://delishably.com/tag/grilling">grilling recipes</a></strong>, <strong><a href="https://delishably.com/tag/summer">easy summer dinners</a></strong>, and fruit-filled <strong><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/desserts">summer desserts</a></strong>.</p><h2>Summer Produce Guides</h2><p>A few simple shopping, preparation, and storage tips can help you get more from peak-season ingredients.</p><ul><li><a href="https://delishably.com/how-to/how-to-choose-the-best-peaches-for-every-recipe"><strong>Choosing the Best Peaches for Every Recipe</strong></a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/grilled-corn-cob"><strong>How to Grill Corn on the Cob (With or Without Husk)</strong></a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/how-to/how-to-store-fresh-herbs-so-they-last-longer"><strong>How to Store Fresh Herbs So They Last Longer</strong></a></li></ul><p align="center"><strong><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/tomato-peach-burrata">Related: Peach and Heirloom Tomato Burrata Salad</a></strong></p><p align="center"><strong><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/street-corn-pasta-salad">Related: Street Corn Pasta Salad</a></strong></p><p align="center"><strong><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/grilled-flank-steak-caprese">Related: Grilled Flank Steak Caprese</a></strong></p><p align="center"><strong><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/watermelon-summer-salad">Related: Watermelon Summer Salad</a></strong></p><p align="center"><strong><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/shrimp-linguine-with-cherry-tomatoes-and-basil">Related: Shrimp Linguine With Cherry Tomatoes and Basil</a></strong></p><p align="center"><strong><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/grilled-peach-salad">Related: Grilled Peach Salad With Arugula and Mozzarella</a></strong></p><p align="center"><strong><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/flank-steak-with-sweet-corn-and-basil-chimichurri">Related: Flank Steak With Sweet Corn and Basil Chimichurri</a></strong></p><p align="center"><strong><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/panzanella-tuscan-bread-tomato-salad">Related: Panzanella</a></strong></p><p align="center"><strong><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/grilled-zucchini-with-lemon-zest">Related: Grilled Zucchini With Lemon Zest</a></strong></p><p align="center"><strong><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/peach-salsa-lime">Related: Peach Salsa</a></strong></p><p align="center"><strong><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/salmon-en-papillote-with-tomato-butter-olives-and-capers">Related: Salmon En Papillote With Tomato Butter, Olives and Capers</a></strong></p><p align="center"><strong><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/summer-squash-salad">Related: Summer Squash Salad</a></strong></p><p align="center"><strong><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/corn-avocado-salad">Related: Corn Avocado Salad</a></strong></p><p align="center"><strong><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/cherry-tomato-burrata-bucatini">Related: Bucatini With Cherry Tomatoes and Burrata</a></strong></p><p align="center"><strong><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/tomato-melon-salad-2">Related: Tomato Melon Salad With Mint</a></strong></p><p align="center"><strong><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/green-beans-with-gremolata-pine-nuts">Related: Green Beans With Gremolata and Pine Nuts</a></strong></p><p align="center"><strong><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/grilled-vegetable-platter-dressing">Related: Grilled Vegetable Platter With Roasted Red Pepper Dressing</a></strong></p><p align="center"><strong><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/cucumber-avocado-salad">Related: Cucumber Avocado Salad With Feta and Dill</a></strong></p><p align="center"><strong><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/grilled-peaches-with-honey-and-cinnamon">Related: Grilled Peaches With Honey and Cinnamon</a></strong></p><p align="center"><strong><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/classic-zucchini-bread">Related: Classic Zucchini Bread</a></strong></p><p align="center"><strong><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/peach-galette-puff-pastry">Related: Peach Galette</a></strong></p><p align="center"><strong><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/baked-peach-crisp">Related: Peach Crisp With Brown Sugar Pecan Topping</a></strong></p><p align="center"><strong><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/blueberry-crumble-pie">Related: Blueberry Crumble Pie</a></strong></p><p align="center"><strong><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/strawberry-shortcake-biscuits">Related: Strawberry Shortcake With Buttermilk Biscuits</a></strong></p><p align="center"><strong><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/whipped-ricotta-berries-honey">Related: Whipped Ricotta With Berries and Honey</a></strong></p><h2>More Summer Recipes</h2><ul><li><a href="https://delishably.com/tag/summer">Summer Dinner Recipes</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/tag/grilling">Grilling Recipes</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/tag/summer">Summer Sides & Salads</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/tag/summer">Summer Desserts</a></li></ul>]]></content:encoded><media:thumbnail height="675" url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDU2NjA5/grilled-vegetable-platter-dressing_hero_landscape.jpg?profile=rss" width="1200"/><media:content height="675" medium="image" type="" url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDU2NjA5/grilled-vegetable-platter-dressing_hero_landscape.jpg?profile=rss" width="1200"><media:title>grilled-vegetable-platter-dressing_hero_landscape</media:title><media:text>Grilled Vegetable Platter</media:text></media:content></item><item><title><![CDATA[How to Choose the Best Peaches for Every Recipe]]></title><description><![CDATA[Living in Seattle, I wait all year for the short stretch when good peaches start showing up everywhere. I use firmer peaches in salads and salsa, then save the softer, riper ones for galettes, cobbler, and grilled desserts. The variety name can be helpful, but peach type and ripeness often matter ...]]></description><link>https://delishably.com/how-to/how-to-choose-the-best-peaches-for-every-recipe</link><guid isPermaLink="true">https://delishably.com/how-to/how-to-choose-the-best-peaches-for-every-recipe</guid><category><![CDATA[Recipes]]></category><category><![CDATA[How-To]]></category><dc:creator><![CDATA[Felicia Garrett]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Tue, 14 Jul 2026 14:00:07 GMT</pubDate><enclosure url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY4NjE3/peach-season-hero-image.jpg?profile=rss" length="270418" type="false"/><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Living in Seattle, I wait all year for the short stretch when good peaches start showing up everywhere. I use firmer peaches in salads and salsa, then save the softer, riper ones for <a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/peach-galette-puff-pastry">galettes</a>, <a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/peach-cobbler-with-buttermilk-biscuits">cobbler</a>, and <a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/grilled-peaches-with-honey-and-cinnamon">grilled desserts</a>.</p><p>The variety name can be helpful, but peach type and ripeness often matter more. Once you know what to look for, it is much easier to choose the right fruit, even when the market sign simply says “yellow peaches” or “white peaches.”</p><h2>Peach Types at a Glance</h2><p>Peaches are mainly categorized by how the flesh separates from the pit, whether freestone, clingstone, or semi-freestone, and by flesh color, usually yellow or white. Peaches have fuzzy skin, while nectarines are smooth-skinned fruit from the same species.</p><ul><li><strong>Yellow peaches:</strong> Sweet-tart, full-flavored, and versatile.</li><li><strong>White peaches:</strong> Mild, aromatic, and generally lower in acidity.</li><li><strong>Freestone peaches:</strong> The flesh separates easily from the pit.</li><li><strong>Clingstone peaches:</strong> The flesh holds tightly to the pit.</li><li><strong>Semi-freestone peaches:</strong> The flesh partly clings but is easier to remove than a true clingstone.</li><li><strong>Doughnut peaches:</strong> Flat, sweet peaches with a small pit.</li></ul><p>Freestone peaches are usually the easiest to slice for <a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/tomato-peach-burrata">salads</a>, desserts, grilling, and home preserving. Clingstone peaches are often used for commercial processing but can still be eaten fresh or used in recipes.</p><h2>How to Choose the Right Peach</h2><div><table><thead><th></th><th></th><th></th></thead><tbody><tr><td><p>Best for</p></td><td><p>What to choose</p></td><td><p>Varieties you may see</p></td></tr><tr><td><p><strong>Salads and salsa</strong></p></td><td><p>Fragrant peaches that are ripe but firm enough to slice</p></td><td><p>Saturn, Babcock, Redhaven, Elberta</p></td></tr><tr><td><p><strong>Baking and grilling</strong></p></td><td><p>Ripe but firm yellow peaches, preferably freestone</p></td><td><p>Redhaven, Glohaven, Red Globe, Elberta</p></td></tr><tr><td><p><strong>Chutney and preserving</strong></p></td><td><p>Firm, ripe yellow-flesh peaches, preferably freestone</p></td><td><p>Redhaven, Glohaven, Elberta, J.H. Hale</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><p>Variety names and availability differ across the country, so these are examples rather than requirements. Growers choose cultivars suited to their climate, winter temperatures, chill hours, and growing season.</p><p>When peaches are not labeled by variety, focus on their color, fragrance, firmness, and whether the pit releases easily.</p><h2>Choose Peaches by Ripeness</h2><p>Ripeness often matters more than variety.</p><div><table><thead><th></th><th></th></thead><tbody><tr><td><p>Peach condition</p></td><td><p>Best uses</p></td></tr><tr><td><p><strong>Firm-ripe</strong></p></td><td><p>Salads, salsa, chutney, grilling, and pie</p></td></tr><tr><td><p><strong>Fully ripe</strong></p></td><td><p>Snacking, burrata salads, crisp, cobbler, and other desserts</p></td></tr><tr><td><p><strong>Very soft</strong></p></td><td><p>Sauces, smoothies, jam, and fruit toppings</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><p>Firm-ripe peaches should smell fragrant and have good background color but remain sturdy enough to slice. Fully ripe peaches should yield to gentle palm pressure without feeling mushy.</p><figure>
                        
                        <img src="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY4NjI0/heirloom-tomato-and-peach-salad-hero-image.jpg?profile=rss" height="675" width="1199">
                        
                    </figure>
                    <h2>Best Peaches for Salads and Salsa</h2><p>Choose ripe peaches that still feel firm enough to cut into clean wedges or small pieces.</p><p>Yellow peaches bring a sweet-tart flavor that works especially well with tomatoes, arugula, herbs, vinegar, burrata, mozzarella, chiles, and lime.</p><p>White peaches can also be used, but they tend to be milder and more delicate. They are a good choice when you want the salad to lean sweeter.</p><p>For both <a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/grilled-peach-salad">salad</a> and <a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/peach-salsa-lime">salsa</a>, avoid very soft peaches. They release more juice and can lose their shape once dressed.</p><h2>Best Peaches for Baking</h2><p>Yellow freestone peaches are a dependable choice for pie, crisp, cobbler, and other baked desserts.</p><p>Their flavor holds up well when paired with sugar, pastry, warm spices, brown sugar, and nuts. Freestone peaches are also easier to pit and cut into even slices.</p><p>Choose peaches that are ripe but still hold their shape. Very firm fruit may remain hard after baking, while overripe peaches can release enough juice to make a pie or cobbler filling watery.</p><p>Redhaven, Elberta, and Red Globe are examples of yellow peaches used for fresh eating and cooking, though local varieties will work just as well when they have the right flavor and texture.</p><h2>Best Peaches for Grilling</h2><p>Choose ripe but firm yellow peaches, preferably freestone.</p><p>Look for peaches that:</p><ul><li>Smell fragrant near the stem</li><li>Yield only slightly when gently pressed</li><li>Feel firm enough to halve without crushing</li><li>Have a yellow or creamy background rather than green</li></ul><p>Very hard peaches may lack flavor. Very soft peaches can stick to the grill or fall apart.</p><p>Grilled peaches work in both sweet and savory recipes. Pair them with arugula, mozzarella, burrata, fresh herbs, honey, or a sharp vinaigrette.</p><figure>
                        
                        <img src="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY4NTQ3/peach-chutney---hero-image.jpg?profile=rss" height="675" width="1200">
                        
                    </figure>
                    <h2>Best Peaches for Chutney</h2><p>Ripe but firm yellow peaches are the best choice for <a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/peach-chutney">chutney</a>. They soften as they cook but are more likely to retain some texture than very ripe fruit.</p><p>Yellow peaches also have enough acidity to balance sugar, vinegar, onions, ginger, and warm spices.</p><p>Freestone peaches are the easiest to prepare, but clingstone peaches can be used when you do not mind cutting the flesh away from the pit.</p><p>A refrigerator chutney can be prepared as a standard cooked condiment. If a recipe is intended to be shelf-stable, follow a tested canning recipe and its exact ingredient quantities and processing instructions.</p><h2>Best Peaches for Freezing and Canning</h2><p>Choose mature, ripe yellow-flesh peaches without bruises or damaged spots. Freestone peaches are usually the easiest to peel, pit, and slice.</p><p>Redhaven, Glohaven, Elberta, Early Elberta, J.H. Hale, and Red Globe are examples of peaches commonly recommended for fresh eating, freezing, canning, or a combination of those uses. Availability varies by region.</p><p>Always follow a tested preservation recipe. Do not change the acidity, processing method, jar size, or processing time.</p><h3>Can You Can White Peaches?</h3><p>Do not substitute white-flesh peaches in a standard peach-canning recipe. Some white peaches can have a pH above 4.6 and may not be acidic enough for safe boiling-water canning.</p><p>The National Center for Home Food Preservation recommends freezing white-flesh peaches instead and using ripe, mature yellow-flesh peaches for its tested peach-canning process.</p><h2>How to Tell When a Peach Is Ripe</h2><p>A ripe peach should smell fragrant near the stem and yield slightly when held gently in your palm.</p><p>Do not rely on the red blush. That color is influenced by variety and sun exposure and does not necessarily indicate ripeness.</p><p>Look at the background color instead:</p><ul><li>Yellow peaches should have a warm yellow or golden base.</li><li>White peaches should look creamy rather than green.</li></ul><p>Avoid squeezing peaches repeatedly with your fingertips. They bruise easily, so use gentle palm pressure instead.</p><h2>How to Ripen and Store Peaches</h2><p>Leave firm peaches at room temperature until they become fragrant and soften slightly.</p><p>To speed up ripening, place them in a loosely closed paper bag and check them daily. Once ripe, transfer the peaches to the refrigerator to slow further softening.</p><p>Do not wash peaches until you are ready to eat or cook with them.</p><h2>Peach Recipes to Make This Season</h2><p>Once you know which peaches to bring home, put them to work in these sweet and savory recipes:</p><ul><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/peach-salsa-lime">Peach Salsa</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/baked-peach-crisp">Peach Crisp With Brown Sugar Pecan Topping</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/peach-pie">Classic Peach Pie</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/tomato-peach-burrata">Peach and Heirloom Tomato Burrata Salad</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/grilled-peach-salad">Grilled Peach Arugula Mozzarella Salad</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/peach-chutney">Peach Chutney</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/peach-cobbler-with-buttermilk-biscuits">Peach Cobbler With Buttermilk Biscuits</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/peach-galette-puff-pastry">Peach Galette</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/peach-salad-with-cucumbers-and-herbs">Peach Salad with Cucumbers and Herbs</a></li></ul>]]></content:encoded><media:thumbnail height="675" url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY4NjE3/peach-season-hero-image.jpg?profile=rss" width="1199"/><media:content height="675" medium="image" type="" url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY4NjE3/peach-season-hero-image.jpg?profile=rss" width="1199"><media:title>peach-season-hero-image</media:title><media:text>Peach Season Hero Image</media:text></media:content><media:content height="675" medium="image" type="" url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY4NjI0/heirloom-tomato-and-peach-salad-hero-image.jpg?profile=rss" width="1199"><media:title>heirloom-tomato-and-peach-salad-hero-image</media:title></media:content><media:content height="675" medium="image" type="" url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY4NTQ3/peach-chutney---hero-image.jpg?profile=rss" width="1200"><media:title>peach-chutney---hero-image</media:title></media:content></item><item><title><![CDATA[Peach Salsa]]></title><description/><link>https://delishably.com/recipes/peach-salsa-lime</link><guid isPermaLink="true">https://delishably.com/recipes/peach-salsa-lime</guid><category><![CDATA[Appetizers & Snacks]]></category><category><![CDATA[Dip]]></category><category><![CDATA[Summer]]></category><category><![CDATA[Recipes]]></category><dc:creator><![CDATA[Felicia Garrett]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Mon, 13 Jul 2026 18:58:17 GMT</pubDate><enclosure url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY4NjM3/peach-salsa.jpg?profile=rss" length="279017" type="false"/><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Fresh peach salsa is one of the easiest ways to turn ripe summer fruit into something savory. The peaches stay juicy and distinct, while red onion, jalapeño, lime, and cilantro bring enough acidity and heat to balance their sweetness. Serve it with tortilla chips, spoon it over fish tacos, or add it to grilled chicken, pork, or steak.</p><p>Firm-ripe peaches work best here because they stay juicy and hold their shape after chopping. See our <a href="https://delishably.com/how-to/how-to-choose-the-best-peaches-for-every-recipe">guide to choosing peaches for salads, salsa, baking, and more</a>.</p><h2>What to Serve With</h2><ul><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/chicken-fajitas-recipe-with-pineapple-lime-marinade">Chicken Fajitas Recipe with Pineapple Lime Marinade</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/carne-asada-tacos-with-guacamole-onion-and-cilantro">Carne Asada Tacos With Guacamole, Onion, and Cilantro</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/grilled-chicken-breasts-with-simple-marinade">Grilled Chicken Breasts With Simple Marinade</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/miso-maple-roasted-salmon">Miso-Maple Roasted Salmon</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/grilled-fish-tacos">Grilled Fish Tacos With Lime Crema</a></li></ul><h2>Expert Tips</h2><ul><li>Seed the jalapeño for milder heat, but leave some ribs if you want a little more bite without overpowering the peaches.</li><li>If the salsa tastes flat after resting, add another small squeeze of lime before adding more salt. Acid usually wakes it up first.</li><li>Use peaches that give just a little when pressed but still feel firm enough to dice cleanly. Overripe fruit turns the bowl watery fast.</li><li>Start with 1/2 teaspoon salt, let the salsa sit, then adjust. Peach sweetness varies, and that short rest tells you if it needs another pinch of salt or a little more lime.</li></ul><h2>Substitutions</h2><ul><li>Fresh lime juice can be swapped with fresh lemon juice for a slightly sharper finish and a little less sweetness.</li></ul><h2>FAQs</h2><h3>Can I make peach salsa ahead of time?</h3><p>Yes. Make it up to 4 hours ahead for the best texture. The flavor improves as it sits, but the peaches soften the longer it rests.</p><h3>How spicy is this salsa?</h3><p>With the seeds removed, it is fairly mild. Leave some seeds and ribs in the jalapeño if you want more heat.</p><h3>What kind of peaches work best?</h3><p>Use ripe but firm peaches. They should smell fragrant and yield slightly when pressed, but still hold a neat dice.</p><h3>Can I use this as more than a dip?</h3><p>Yes. Spoon it over tacos, grilled fish, chicken, or pork, or add it to <a href="https://delishably.com/tag/bowl-meals">grain bowls</a> for a sweet sharp contrast.</p><h2>Storage</h2><p>Store peach salsa in an airtight container in the refrigerator for up to 2 days. Stir before serving, since the fruit will release more juice as it sits. It does not freeze well because the peaches lose their texture and turn soft after thawing.</p><h3>Ingredients</h3><ul><li>4 ripe but firm peaches, pitted and cut into 1/4-inch pieces</li><li>1 small red bell pepper, cut into 1/4-inch pieces</li><li>1/3 cup finely diced red onion</li><li>1 jalapeño, seeded if desired and finely chopped</li><li>1/3 cup chopped fresh cilantro</li><li>2 tablespoons fresh lime juice</li><li>1/2 teaspoon kosher salt, plus more to taste</li><li>1/8 teaspoon freshly ground black pepper, plus more to taste</li></ul><ol><li>In a medium bowl, combine \u003cstrong\u003e4 diced peaches\u003c/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003e1 diced red bell pepper\u003c/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003e1/3 cup red onion\u003c/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003e1 chopped jalapeño\u003c/strong\u003e, and \u003cstrong\u003e1/3 cup cilantro\u003c/strong\u003e.</li><li>Add \u003cstrong\u003e2 tablespoons lime juice\u003c/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003e1/2 teaspoon kosher salt\u003c/strong\u003e, and \u003cstrong\u003e1/8 teaspoon freshly ground black pepper\u003c/strong\u003e. Gently fold everything together, taking care not to crush the peaches. </li><li>Let the salsa stand at room temperature for 10 minutes so the flavors can come together. Taste and add more salt or black pepper as needed, then serve.</li></ol>]]></content:encoded><media:thumbnail height="675" url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY4NjM3/peach-salsa.jpg?profile=rss" width="1199"/><media:content height="675" medium="image" type="" url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY4NjM3/peach-salsa.jpg?profile=rss" width="1199"><media:title>peach-salsa</media:title><media:text>Peach Salsa Hero image in a bowl</media:text></media:content></item><item><title><![CDATA[Peach Chutney]]></title><description/><link>https://delishably.com/recipes/peach-chutney</link><guid isPermaLink="true">https://delishably.com/recipes/peach-chutney</guid><category><![CDATA[Recipes]]></category><category><![CDATA[Condiments]]></category><category><![CDATA[Sauces, Dressings & Condiments]]></category><dc:creator><![CDATA[Felicia Garrett]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Mon, 13 Jul 2026 18:28:18 GMT</pubDate><enclosure url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY4NTQ3/peach-chutney---hero-image.jpg?profile=rss" length="118679" type="false"/><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>A batch of peach chutney is a good way to use ripe summer fruit when you want something savory instead of another dessert. Brown sugar softens the peaches as they cook, while red onion, ginger, jalapeño, and apple cider vinegar give the mixture enough sharpness and heat to balance the sweetness. Spoon it over grilled chicken or pork, or serve it alongside cheese and crackers.</p><p>Very ripe or slightly soft peaches work well for chutney because they cook down quickly and bring plenty of flavor. Our guide to <a href="https://delishably.com/how-to/how-to-choose-the-best-peaches-for-every-recipe">Choosing the Best Peaches for Every Recipe</a> can help you match the fruit to the dish.</p><h2>What to Serve With</h2><ul><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/grilled-chicken-breasts-with-simple-marinade">Grilled Chicken Breasts With Simple Marinade</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/pork-loin-leeks">Pan-Roasted Pork Loin With Leeks</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/grilled-chicken-burgers-brioche">Grilled Chicken Burgers</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/grilled-turkey-burgers">Turkey Burgers</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/mayonnaise-griddled-grilled-cheese">Better Grilled Cheese Sandwiches</a></li></ul><h2>Expert Tips</h2><ul><li>Do not leave the peaches in the boiling water longer than 30 seconds or they start softening before you want them to.</li><li>Cook the chutney until a spoon dragged across the bottom of the pan leaves a brief trail before it fills back in.</li><li>If the mixture tightens up too fast in the saucepan, add water 1 tablespoon at a time so it stays glossy instead of sticky.</li><li>If your peaches are extra sweet, start light on the salt and taste again after the vinegar goes in.</li></ul><h2>Substitutions</h2><ul><li>Use yellow onion instead of red onion for a slightly milder, less sharp finish.</li><li>Use white wine vinegar instead of apple cider vinegar for a cleaner acidity with a little less fruitiness.</li></ul><h2>FAQs</h2><h3>Can I make this chutney smoother?</h3><p>Yes. Mash the peaches more as they cook, or pulse the cooled chutney a few times for a softer, more spreadable texture.</p><h3>How do I know when the chutney is done?</h3><p>It should look glossy and thick enough to mound on a spoon. If it spreads like juice, cook it a few minutes longer.</p><h3>Do I have to peel the peaches?</h3><p>For this version, yes. Peeling gives the chutney a cleaner texture and keeps chewy bits of skin out of the finished jar.</p><h3>Can I serve it warm or cold?</h3><p>Both work. Warm chutney is good with roasted meat, while chilled chutney has a firmer texture that is nice on sandwiches or cheese boards.</p><h2>Storage</h2><p>Store cooled peach chutney in an airtight glass jar or other sealed container in the refrigerator for up to 5 days. It freezes well in a freezer-safe container for up to 2 months. Thaw overnight in the refrigerator and stir before serving. This chutney is not intended for canning.</p><h3>Ingredients</h3><ul><li>3 ripe peaches, about 1 pound</li><li>1 tablespoon vegetable oil</li><li>1/4 red onion, finely chopped</li><li>1 tablespoon grated fresh ginger </li><li>1/2 jalapeño, finely chopped, seeded for less heat</li><li>1/4 cup packed light brown sugar</li><li>1/4 cup water, plus more as needed </li><li>1/4 teaspoon kosher salt, plus more to taste</li><li>1 teaspoon apple cider vinegar</li></ul><ol><li>Bring a medium pot of water to a boil and fill a large bowl with ice water. Cut a shallow X in the bottom of each of the \u003cstrong\u003e3 peaches\u003c/strong\u003e.</li><li>Lower the peaches into the boiling water and blanch for about \u003cstrong\u003e30 seconds\u003c/strong\u003e. Transfer them immediately to the ice water with a slotted spoon. Once cool enough to handle, slip off the skins, halve and pit the peaches, and cut them into 1-inch pieces.</li><li>Empty and dry the pot, then heat \u003cstrong\u003e1 tablespoon vegetable oil\u003c/strong\u003e over medium heat. Add the chopped \u003cstrong\u003ered onion\u003c/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003e1 tablespoon grated ginger\u003c/strong\u003e, and \u003cstrong\u003e1/2 chopped jalapeño\u003c/strong\u003e. Cook for 2 to 3 minutes, until softened.</li><li>Add the chopped \u003cstrong\u003epeaches\u003c/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003e1/4 cup brown sugar, 1/4 cup water, and 1/4 teaspoon kosher salt\u003c/strong\u003e. Bring to a gentle simmer and cook for 12 to 15 minutes, stirring occasionally and breaking up some of the peaches with a spoon, until the chutney is thick and jammy. Add water a tablespoon at a time only if the mixture begins to stick before the peaches soften.</li><li>Remove the pot from the heat and stir in \u003cstrong\u003e1 teaspoon apple cider vinegar\u003c/strong\u003e. Taste and add more salt or jalapeño as needed. Let cool before serving; the chutney will continue to thicken as it rests.</li></ol>]]></content:encoded><media:thumbnail height="675" url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY4NTQ3/peach-chutney---hero-image.jpg?profile=rss" width="1200"/><media:content height="675" medium="image" type="" url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY4NTQ3/peach-chutney---hero-image.jpg?profile=rss" width="1200"><media:title>peach-chutney---hero-image</media:title><media:text>Peach Chutney (Hero Image)</media:text></media:content></item><item><title><![CDATA[Peach and Heirloom Tomato Burrata Salad]]></title><description/><link>https://delishably.com/recipes/tomato-peach-burrata</link><guid isPermaLink="true">https://delishably.com/recipes/tomato-peach-burrata</guid><category><![CDATA[Salads]]></category><category><![CDATA[Lunch]]></category><category><![CDATA[Summer]]></category><category><![CDATA[Tomato]]></category><category><![CDATA[Recipes]]></category><dc:creator><![CDATA[Felicia Garrett]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Mon, 13 Jul 2026 17:57:53 GMT</pubDate><enclosure url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY4NjI0/heirloom-tomato-and-peach-salad-hero-image.jpg?profile=rss" length="312937" type="false"/><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>When peaches and tomatoes are both at their best, there is not much reason to complicate them. Letting the salted tomatoes sit for a few minutes creates a light, juicy dressing right on the platter, while burrata adds enough richness to make the salad feel substantial. Serve it with grilled bread to catch everything left at the bottom.</p><p>Ripe but firm peaches work best here so they stay juicy and hold their shape alongside the tomatoes and burrata. See our guide to <a href="https://delishably.com/how-to/how-to-choose-the-best-peaches-for-every-recipe">Choosing the Best Peaches for Every Recipe</a>.</p><figure>
                        
                        <img src="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY4NTYw/heirloom-tomatoes-peach-burrata-salad---ingredients.jpg?profile=rss" height="675" width="504">
                        
                    </figure>
                    <h2>What to Serve With</h2><ul><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/grilled-chicken-breasts-with-simple-marinade">Grilled Chicken Breasts With Simple Marinade</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/marinated-skirt-steak">Marinated Skirt Steak</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/lemon-garlic-roasted-chicken-thighs-with-mint-yogurt-sauce">Lemon-Garlic Roasted Chicken Thighs With Mint Yogurt Sauce</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/garlic-confit-bread">Garlic Confit Bread</a></li></ul><h2>Expert Tips</h2><ul><li>Salt the tomatoes first and let them sit while you prep the rest. That short rest pulls out juices that mix with the olive oil into a light dressing.</li><li>Add the peaches right before serving so they stay neat and fresh-looking instead of turning slick and soft.</li><li>Use peaches that give slightly when pressed but still hold their shape. Overripe fruit will slump on the platter and water down the juices.</li><li>Flaky finishing salt matters here more than usual. It seasons the fruit cleanly and gives the salad a little crunch instead of disappearing right away.</li></ul><h2>Substitutions</h2><ul><li>Aleppo chile flakes can be swapped for crushed red pepper flakes if that is what you keep in the pantry; use a lighter hand since they hit a little sharper.</li><li>Burrata can be replaced with fresh mozzarella when needed; the salad will be less creamy but still balanced and good.</li><li>Fresh basil can be swapped for fresh mint for a cooler, sweeter finish that leans nicely with the peaches.</li></ul><h2>FAQs</h2><h3>Can I make this ahead?</h3><p>You can cut and season the tomatoes a little early, but wait to cut the peaches until just before serving for the best texture.</p><h3>How do I pick good heirloom tomatoes for this salad?</h3><p>Choose tomatoes that feel heavy for their size and smell fragrant at the stem end. Skip any that feel mealy or have large soft spots.</p><h3>Can I serve this as a main dish?</h3><p>Yes. Add toasted bread or a simple protein on the side, and it works nicely as a light summer dinner for 2 to 3 people.</p><h2>Storage</h2><p>Store leftovers in an airtight container in the refrigerator for up to 1 day. The tomatoes and peaches will release more juice as they sit, and the burrata will lose some of its creamy texture. This salad does not freeze well.</p><h3>Ingredients</h3><ul><li>2 large heirloom tomatoes</li><li>2 ripe peaches </li><li>1 ball burrata, about 8 ounces</li><li>2 tablespoons extra-virgin olive oil, divided</li><li>2 teaspoons flaky finishing salt, divided</li><li>1 teaspoon Aleppo pepper</li><li>2 tablespoons thinly sliced or torn fresh basil</li></ul><ol><li>Remove \u003cstrong\u003e1 ball burrata\u003c/strong\u003e from the refrigerator and let it stand at room temperature for about 30 minutes. Meanwhile, cut \u003cstrong\u003e2 heirloom tomatoes\u003c/strong\u003e into wedges and arrange them on a serving platter. Drizzle with \u003cstrong\u003e1 tablespoon olive oil\u003c/strong\u003e, season with \u003cstrong\u003e1 teaspoon flaky salt\u003c/strong\u003e, and let stand for about 10 minutes so the tomatoes begin to release their juices.</li><li>Just before serving, cut \u003cstrong\u003e2 peaches\u003c/strong\u003e into wedges and tuck them among the tomatoes. Break open \u003cstrong\u003e1 ball burrata\u003c/strong\u003e and place it in the center of the platter.</li><li>Drizzle the salad with the remaining \u003cstrong\u003e1 tablespoon olive oil\u003c/strong\u003e, then sprinkle with \u003cstrong\u003e1 teaspoon Aleppo pepper\u003c/strong\u003e and the remaining \u003cstrong\u003e1 teaspoon flaky salt\u003c/strong\u003e. Finish with \u003cstrong\u003e2 tablespoons fresh basil\u003c/strong\u003e and serve right away.</li></ol>]]></content:encoded><media:thumbnail height="675" url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY4NjI0/heirloom-tomato-and-peach-salad-hero-image.jpg?profile=rss" width="1199"/><media:content height="675" medium="image" type="" url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY4NjI0/heirloom-tomato-and-peach-salad-hero-image.jpg?profile=rss" width="1199"><media:title>heirloom-tomato-and-peach-salad-hero-image</media:title><media:text>Heirloom Tomato and Peach Salad Hero Image</media:text></media:content></item><item><title><![CDATA[Peach Pie]]></title><description/><link>https://delishably.com/recipes/peach-pie</link><guid isPermaLink="true">https://delishably.com/recipes/peach-pie</guid><category><![CDATA[Dessert Recipes]]></category><category><![CDATA[Pie]]></category><category><![CDATA[Recipes]]></category><category><![CDATA[Summer]]></category><dc:creator><![CDATA[Felicia Garrett]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Mon, 13 Jul 2026 17:14:08 GMT</pubDate><enclosure url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY4NjA5/peach-pie-hero-image.jpg?profile=rss" length="131703" type="false"/><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Ripe peaches are all you need to make this pie feel special. The fruit stays in generous pieces rather than being sliced, so each serving has plenty of soft, juicy peach tucked into a crisp crust. A buttery flour-and-sugar mixture melts over the top as it bakes, keeping the filling simple and letting the peaches lead. Serve it slightly warm or at room temperature with whipped cream.</p><p>Ripe but firm peaches work best for pie because they soften as they bake without releasing too much juice. See our guide to <a href="https://delishably.com/how-to/how-to-choose-the-best-peaches-for-every-recipe">Choosing the Best Peaches for Every Recipe</a>.</p><figure>
                        
                        <img src="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY4NTU1/fresh-peach-pie---ingredients.jpg?profile=rss" height="675" width="504">
                        
                    </figure>
                    <h2>More Peach Recipes</h2><ul><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/peach-cobbler-with-buttermilk-biscuits">Peach Cobbler With Buttermilk Biscuits</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/peach-galette-puff-pastry">Peach Galette</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/grilled-peaches-with-honey-and-cinnamon">Grilled Peaches With Honey and Cinnamon</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/baked-peach-crisp">Peach Crisp With Brown Sugar Pecan Topping</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/peach-salad-with-cucumbers-and-herbs">Peach Salad with Cucumbers and Herbs</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/grilled-peach-salad">Grilled Peach Salad With Arugula and Mozzarella</a></li></ul><h2>Expert Tips</h2><ul><li>A quick 15-second blanch is usually enough. If the skins resist, dip the peaches back into the boiling water for a few more seconds.</li><li>Keep the crust cold while you prep the fruit. That helps it hold its shape and bake up a little flakier.</li><li>Check the pie at 25 minutes. If the crust is colored but the peaches still feel firm, keep baking until a toothpick slides in with little resistance.</li><li>If your peaches are extra large, quartering them helps the fruit fit the crust neatly and bake more evenly.</li></ul><h2>FAQs</h2><h3>Do I have to peel the peaches?</h3><p>Peeling gives the pie a softer, cleaner texture. The quick blanch makes that step move fast.</p><h3>How do I know when the peaches are done?</h3><p>Test one with a toothpick. It should slide in easily, with just a little resistance near the center.</p><h3>What if my peaches are very juicy?</h3><p>Use ripe peaches that are not mushy. Very soft fruit can release more liquid and make the crust softer.</p><h2>Storage</h2><p>Cover leftover pie loosely or transfer slices to an airtight container. Refrigerate for up to 3 days. The crust softens some as it sits. This pie can be frozen, wrapped well in a freezer-safe container, for up to 2 months. Thaw in the refrigerator and warm in a low oven before serving if you like.</p><h3>Ingredients</h3><ul><li>1 refrigerated pie crust or 1 disk homemade pie dough, enough for a 9-inch single-crust pie</li><li>3 large ripe peaches</li><li>3/4 cup granulated sugar</li><li>1/4 cup all-purpose flour</li><li>3 tablespoons unsalted butter, softened</li><li>Sweetened whipped cream, for serving, optional</li></ul><ol><li>Heat the oven to 375°F. Fit the \u003cstrong\u003epie crust\u003c/strong\u003e into a 9-inch pie plate and crimp the edge as desired. Refrigerate the crust while you prepare the filling.</li><li>Bring a large pot of water to a boil and fill a large bowl with ice water. Lower the \u003cstrong\u003e3 peaches\u003c/strong\u003e into the boiling water for about 15 seconds, then transfer them to the ice water with a slotted spoon. Once cool enough to handle, slip off the skins, halve the peaches, and remove the pits.</li><li>Arrange the peach halves cut-side down in the chilled crust. Quarter any pieces as needed so the fruit fits in an even layer.</li><li>Whisk together \u003cstrong\u003e3/4 cup granulated sugar\u003c/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003e1/4 cup flour\u003c/strong\u003e in a medium bowl. Work in \u003cstrong\u003e3 tablespoons softened butter\u003c/strong\u003e with your fingertips until evenly combined and crumbly. Sprinkle the mixture over and around the peaches.</li><li>Bake for 25 to 35 minutes, until the crust is golden brown and the peaches are tender when pierced with a toothpick or thin knife. If the crust begins browning too quickly, loosely cover the edge with foil.</li><li>Let the pie cool slightly before slicing. Serve warm or at room temperature with sweetened whipped cream, if desired.</li></ol>]]></content:encoded><media:thumbnail height="675" url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY4NjA5/peach-pie-hero-image.jpg?profile=rss" width="1200"/><media:content height="675" medium="image" type="" url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY4NjA5/peach-pie-hero-image.jpg?profile=rss" width="1200"><media:title>peach-pie-hero-image</media:title><media:text>Peach Pie Hero Image</media:text></media:content></item><item><title><![CDATA[Peach Cobbler With Buttermilk Biscuits]]></title><description/><link>https://delishably.com/recipes/peach-cobbler-with-buttermilk-biscuits</link><guid isPermaLink="true">https://delishably.com/recipes/peach-cobbler-with-buttermilk-biscuits</guid><category><![CDATA[Summer]]></category><category><![CDATA[Dessert Recipes]]></category><category><![CDATA[Recipes]]></category><dc:creator><![CDATA[Felicia Garrett]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Mon, 13 Jul 2026 16:47:17 GMT</pubDate><enclosure url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY4NTQ0/peach-cobbler-with-buttermilk-biscuits---hero-image.jpg?profile=rss" length="174882" type="false"/><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Peach cobbler is one of my favorite ways to use a pile of ripe summer peaches because the fruit stays front and center. The peaches get a quick head start in the oven, then a soft buttermilk biscuit dough is dropped over the top and baked until deeply golden. Give the cobbler time to rest before serving so the warm peach juices can thicken around the biscuits. I like it slightly warm with a scoop of vanilla ice cream.</p><p>Ripe, fragrant peaches are best for cobbler, but they should still hold their shape when sliced. See our guide to <a href="https://delishably.com/how-to/how-to-choose-the-best-peaches-for-every-recipe">Choosing the Best Peaches for Every Recipe</a>.</p><figure>
                        
                        <img src="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY4NTQz/peach-cobbler-with-buttermilk-biscuits---ingredients.jpg?profile=rss" height="675" width="504">
                        
                    </figure>
                    <h2>More Peach Recipes</h2><ul><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/peach-galette-puff-pastry">Peach Galette</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/grilled-peaches-with-honey-and-cinnamon">Grilled Peaches With Honey and Cinnamon</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/peach-salad-with-cucumbers-and-herbs">Peach Salad with Cucumbers and Herbs</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/baked-peach-crisp">Peach Crisp With Brown Sugar Pecan Topping</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/grilled-peach-salad">Grilled Peach Salad With Arugula and Mozzarella</a></li></ul><h2>Expert Tips</h2><ul><li>Pull the cobbler when the middle is bubbling, not just the edges. If only the sides are active, the filling usually needs more time.</li><li>If your peaches are especially sweet, the filling may need a little extra lemon juice at serving time to brighten it up.</li></ul><h2>FAQs</h2><h3>Can I peel the peaches first?</h3><p>Yes. If you prefer a smoother filling, peel them first. If the skins are tender, you can leave them on for a little more texture and color.</p><h3>Why bake the peaches before adding the biscuit topping?</h3><p>That short bake gets the fruit hot and juicy first, so the filling thickens more reliably and the biscuits do not sink into a cool, watery base.</p><h3>How do I know the biscuit topping is fully baked?</h3><p>Look for deep golden tops and dry-looking sides. If the tops are pale, the centers of the biscuits usually need more time.</p><h3>Can I make the dough ahead?</h3><p>You can mix the dry ingredients and cut in the butter ahead of time. Add the buttermilk just before baking to lift the biscuits. </p><h2>Storage</h2><p>Store cooled cobbler in a covered baking dish or an airtight container in the refrigerator for up to 4 days. The biscuits will soften as it sits, but the flavor stays good. Reheat portions in a 350 F oven or the microwave until warmed through. It freezes fairly well for up to 2 months, though the biscuit topping will be softer after thawing.</p><h3>Ingredients</h3><ul><li>8 cups sliced fresh peaches, from about 3 pounds peaches</li><li>1/2 cup granulated sugar</li><li>3 tablespoons cornstarch</li><li>1 tablespoon fresh lemon juice</li><li>1 teaspoon vanilla extract</li><li>1/4 teaspoon ground cinnamon</li><li>1/4 teaspoon table salt</li></ul><ol><li>Heat the oven to 400 F. Lightly butter a 9-by-13-inch or 3-quart baking dish.</li><li>Toss \u003cstrong\u003e8 cups sliced fresh peaches\u003c/strong\u003e with \u003cstrong\u003e1/2 cup granulated sugar\u003c/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003e3 tbsp cornstarch\u003c/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003e1 tbsp fresh lemon juice\u003c/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003e1 tsp vanilla extract\u003c/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003e1/4 tsp ground cinnamon\u003c/strong\u003e, and \u003cstrong\u003e1/4 tsp table salt\u003c/strong\u003e in a large bowl. Transfer the peaches to the prepared baking dish and spread them evenly.</li><li>Bake the peach filling for 15 minutes while you prepare the biscuit topping.</li><li>Whisk together \u003cstrong\u003e2 cups all-purpose flour\u003c/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003e1 tbsp granulated sugar\u003c/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003e2 tsp baking powder\u003c/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003e1/2 tsp baking soda\u003c/strong\u003e, and \u003cstrong\u003e3/4 tsp table salt\u003c/strong\u003e in a large bowl.</li><li>Add \u003cstrong\u003e8 tablespoons\u003c/strong\u003e cold cubed butter and work it into the flour mixture with a pastry cutter or your fingertips until the largest pieces are about the size of peas.</li><li>Pour in \u003cstrong\u003e1 cup cold buttermilk\u003c/strong\u003e and stir just until a soft, shaggy dough forms and no dry pockets of flour remain. </li><li>Remove the hot peach filling from the oven. Drop the biscuit dough over the fruit in eight evenly spaced portions, leaving small openings between them so steam can escape.</li><li>Brush the biscuits with \u003cstrong\u003e1 tablespoon melted butter\u003c/strong\u003e.</li><li>Return the cobbler to the oven and bake for \u003cstrong\u003e25 to 30 minutes\u003c/strong\u003e, until the biscuits are deeply golden and the peach filling is bubbling in the center as well as around the edges.</li><li>Let the cobbler cool for at least \u003cstrong\u003e20 minutes\u003c/strong\u003e before serving. The filling will continue to thicken as it rests.</li></ol>]]></content:encoded><media:thumbnail height="675" url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY4NTQ0/peach-cobbler-with-buttermilk-biscuits---hero-image.jpg?profile=rss" width="1200"/><media:content height="675" medium="image" type="" url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY4NTQ0/peach-cobbler-with-buttermilk-biscuits---hero-image.jpg?profile=rss" width="1200"><media:title>peach-cobbler-with-buttermilk-biscuits---hero-image</media:title><media:text>Peach Cobbler With Buttermilk Biscuits (Hero Image)</media:text></media:content></item><item><title><![CDATA[Miso Chicken Rice Bowls With Ginger Broth]]></title><description/><link>https://delishably.com/recipes/miso-chicken-rice-bowls-with-ginger-broth</link><guid isPermaLink="true">https://delishably.com/recipes/miso-chicken-rice-bowls-with-ginger-broth</guid><category><![CDATA[Recipes]]></category><category><![CDATA[Chicken]]></category><category><![CDATA[Bowl Meal Recipes]]></category><category><![CDATA[Dinner Recipes]]></category><dc:creator><![CDATA[Felicia Garrett]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Mon, 13 Jul 2026 14:48:47 GMT</pubDate><enclosure url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY4NTEy/ginger-chicken-miso-bowls-hero-image.jpg?profile=rss" length="141614" type="false"/><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>What makes this bowl work so well is that it is hearty, high in protein, and still has plenty of freshness. The soy-ginger chicken brings most of the flavor, the rice makes it satisfying, and the warm miso bone broth pulls everything together without making it feel like soup.</p><h2>What to Serve With</h2><ul><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/spicy-sesame-cucumber-salad">Spicy Sesame Cucumber Salad</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/sauteed-broccoli-garlic-lemon">Broccoli With Garlic and Red Pepper Flakes</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/quick-pickled-radishes-with-beets-and-peppercorns">Quick Pickled Radishes with Beets and Peppercorns</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/garlic-confit-bread">Garlic Confit Bread</a></li></ul><h2>Expert Tips</h2><ul><li>Do not over-marinate the chicken past 4 hours. The soy can start to tighten the exterior and mute the cleaner ginger flavor.</li><li>Let the rice stand covered after cooking. That extra rest keeps the grains from turning wet on the bottom and dry on top.</li><li>Taste the broth after the lime goes in, not before. The acid changes how salty and savory the miso reads.</li><li>The broth should taste a little stronger in the pot than you think it needs to. Once it hits the rice, the flavor settles out.</li></ul><h2>Substitutions</h2><ul><li>Oyster mushrooms can be replaced with shiitake mushrooms for a deeper, earthier bite.</li><li>Jasmine rice can be replaced with basmati rice for a slightly drier, more separate grain.</li></ul><h2>FAQs</h2><h3>Do I need the mushrooms?</h3><p>No. They add another savory layer, but the bowls still feel complete with the chicken, rice, and broth alone.</p><h3>Can I marinate the chicken overnight?</h3><p>It is better to keep it under 4 hours. Longer marinating can make the outside of the chicken a little firm from the soy sauce.</p><h3>How brothy should each bowl be?</h3><p>Spoon enough broth around the rice to pool at the bottom of the bowl, not so much that the rice fully floats. Aim for a light soup-bowl effect.</p><h2>Storage</h2><p>Store the rice, chicken, mushrooms, and broth in separate airtight containers in the refrigerator for up to 4 days. Reheat the broth on the stove and warm the rice and chicken separately so the bowls stay balanced. Freeze the chicken, rice, and broth for up to 2 months. The mushrooms are best fresh, but they can be frozen if needed with some softer texture after reheating.</p><h3>Ingredients</h3><ul><li>4 small boneless, skinless chicken breasts</li><li>1/4 cup soy sauce</li><li>2 teaspoons honey</li><li>2 teaspoons sesame oil</li><li>4 garlic cloves, grated</li><li>1 tablespoon plus 1 teaspoon grated ginger</li><li>black pepper, to taste</li><li>1 tablespoon neutral oil </li></ul><ol><li>Combine \u003cstrong\u003e¼ cup soy sauce, 2 teaspoons honey, 2 teaspoons sesame oil, 4 grated garlic cloves, 1 tablespoon plus 1 teaspoon grated ginger, and black pepper\u003c/strong\u003e. Add the chicken and turn to coat. Marinate for at least 15 minutes or refrigerate for up to 4 hours.</li><li>Rinse \u003cstrong\u003e2 cups jasmine rice\u003c/strong\u003e under cold water until the water runs mostly clear. Combine the rice in a saucepan with \u003cstrong\u003e2½ cups water, 2 teaspoons each grated ginger and garlic, and a pinch of salt\u003c/strong\u003e. Bring to a boil, then cover and reduce the heat to low. Cook for 15 minutes, remove from the heat, and let stand, covered, for 5 minutes before fluffing with a fork.</li><li>Remove the chicken from the marinade, letting the excess drip away. Heat \u003cstrong\u003e1 tablespoon neutral oil \u003c/strong\u003ein a large skillet over medium heat. Add the chicken and cook for 5 to 7 minutes per side, depending on thickness, until browned and cooked through. Transfer to a cutting board and let rest for 5 minutes before slicing.</li><li>If including the oyster mushrooms, add \u003cstrong\u003e1 tablespoon butter \u003c/strong\u003eto the same skillet. Add \u003cstrong\u003e8 ounces oyster mushrooms\u003c/strong\u003e and cook for 4 to 5 minutes, until browned and tender. Stir in \u003cstrong\u003e1 to 2 teaspoons soy sauce\u003c/strong\u003e and remove from the heat.</li><li>Heat \u003cstrong\u003e1 teaspoon sesame oil\u003c/strong\u003e in a saucepan over medium heat. Add \u003cstrong\u003e2 teaspoons each grated ginger and garlic and cook\u003c/strong\u003e for about 1 minute, until fragrant. Pour in \u003cstrong\u003e4 cups chicken bone broth\u003c/strong\u003e and stir in \u003cstrong\u003e1 tablespoon soy sauce \u003c/strong\u003eand \u003cstrong\u003e2 teaspoons rice vinegar\u003c/strong\u003e. Simmer gently for 8 to 10 minutes.</li><li>Remove the broth from the heat. Place \u003cstrong\u003e1 tablespoon white miso paste\u003c/strong\u003e in a small bowl, add a ladleful of hot broth, and whisk until smooth. Stir the mixture back into the saucepan. Taste and add the remaining miso, if needed. Finish with\u003cstrong\u003e lime juice\u003c/strong\u003e and black pepper.</li><li>Divide the ginger rice among four shallow bowls. Top with the sliced chicken and oyster mushrooms, when using. Pour the hot miso bone broth around the rice and finish with green onions or chives and chili crisp.</li></ol>]]></content:encoded><media:thumbnail height="675" url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY4NTEy/ginger-chicken-miso-bowls-hero-image.jpg?profile=rss" width="1200"/><media:content height="675" medium="image" type="" url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY4NTEy/ginger-chicken-miso-bowls-hero-image.jpg?profile=rss" width="1200"><media:title>ginger-chicken-miso-bowls-hero-image</media:title><media:text>Ginger Chicken Miso Bowls Hero Image</media:text></media:content></item><item><title><![CDATA[Classic Zucchini Bread]]></title><description/><link>https://delishably.com/recipes/classic-zucchini-bread</link><guid isPermaLink="true">https://delishably.com/recipes/classic-zucchini-bread</guid><category><![CDATA[Breakfast & Brunch]]></category><category><![CDATA[Recipes]]></category><category><![CDATA[Quick Breads]]></category><category><![CDATA[Baking]]></category><category><![CDATA[Summer]]></category><dc:creator><![CDATA[Felicia Garrett]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Sun, 12 Jul 2026 19:17:30 GMT</pubDate><enclosure url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY4NTc5/classic-zucchini-bread-loaf---hero-image.jpg?profile=rss" length="135271" type="false"/><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Fresh zucchini keeps the loaf soft without making it heavy, while cinnamon and nutmeg add warm flavor. It is an easy quick bread for breakfast, an afternoon snack, or a simple summer bake.</p><figure>
                        
                        <img src="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY4NTc4/classic-zucchini-bread-loaf---ingredients.jpg?profile=rss" height="675" width="504">
                        
                    </figure>
                    <h2>What to Serve With</h2><ul><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/make-ahead-french-toast-casserole">Make-Ahead French Toast Casserole With Pecan Topping</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/baked-goods/blueberry-muffin-bread-with-brown-sugar-crumble">Blueberry Muffin Bread with Brown Sugar Crumble</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/vanilla-blueberry-overnight-oats">Vanilla Blueberry Overnight Oats</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/apple-butter-recipe-slow-cooker">Apple Butter</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/chicken-sausage-patties">Chicken Breakfast Sausage Patties</a></li></ul><h2>Expert Tips</h2><ul><li>If the zucchini still feels damp after one squeeze, wrap it in a clean kitchen towel and press again. Extra moisture can throw off the bake time.</li><li>Fold the batter only until the flour disappears. Overmixing gives quick bread a tighter, tougher crumb.</li><li>Start checking near the early end of baking if your oven runs hot. A deeply browned top is fine, but cover it with foil if it gets dark before the center is done.</li><li>Squeeze the zucchini well so the loaf bakes up tender instead of wet in the center.</li><li>Let the loaf cool completely before slicing. Quick breads keep their crumb better once the steam has settled.</li></ul><h2>FAQs</h2><h3>Do I need to peel the zucchini?</h3><p>No. The peel softens as the bread bakes and blends into the loaf, so there is no need to remove it first.</p><h3>Why did my zucchini bread sink in the middle?</h3><p>Too much moisture, underbaking, or overmixing usually causes that. Squeeze the zucchini well, bake until the center tests clean, and fold just until combined.</p><h3>When is it ready to slice?</h3><p>Wait until it is fully cooled. The crumb firms up as it cools, and the slices will hold together much better.</p><h2>Storage</h2><p>Store the cooled loaf whole or sliced in an airtight container at room temperature for up to 2 days, or refrigerate it in an airtight container for up to 5 days. It freezes well. Wrap the loaf or individual slices tightly in plastic wrap, then place in a freezer bag or freezer-safe container for up to 2 months.</p><h3>Ingredients</h3><ul><li>butter or nonstick cooking spray, for the pan</li><li>2 cups all-purpose flour</li><li>1 teaspoon ground cinnamon</li><li>1 teaspoon kosher salt</li><li>1/2 teaspoon baking powder</li><li>1/2 teaspoon baking soda</li><li>1/8 teaspoon ground nutmeg</li><li>2 large eggs</li><li>1/2 cup granulated sugar</li><li>1/4 cup packed light brown sugar</li><li>1/2 cup canola or vegetable oil</li><li>2 cups grated zucchini, squeezed dry, from about 1 1/2 medium zucchini</li></ul><ol><li>Heat the oven to 350 F. Grease an 8-by-4-inch loaf pan with \u003cstrong\u003ebutter\u003c/strong\u003e and line it with parchment paper.</li><li>In a large bowl, whisk together \u003cstrong\u003e2 cups all-purpose flour\u003c/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003e1 teaspoon ground cinnamon\u003c/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003e1 teaspoon kosher salt\u003c/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003e1/2 teaspoon baking powder\u003c/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003e1/2 teaspoon baking soda\u003c/strong\u003e, and \u003cstrong\u003e1/8 teaspoon grated nutmeg\u003c/strong\u003e.</li><li>In a medium bowl, whisk together \u003cstrong\u003e2 large eggs\u003c/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003e1/2 cup granulated sugar\u003c/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003e1/4 cup packed light brown sugar\u003c/strong\u003e, and \u003cstrong\u003e1/2 cup canola or vegetable oil\u003c/strong\u003e until smooth.</li><li>Squeeze as much moisture as possible from the \u003cstrong\u003e2 cups grated zucchini\u003c/strong\u003e using your hands or a clean kitchen towel. Stir the zucchini into the wet ingredients.</li><li>Add the wet ingredients to the dry ingredients and fold gently with a spatula just until no dry streaks remain.</li><li>Transfer the batter to the prepared pan and smooth the top.</li><li>Bake for 55 to 65 minutes, until the loaf is golden brown and a toothpick inserted in the center comes out clean or with a few moist crumbs. Tent loosely with foil if the top browns too quickly.</li><li>Let the bread cool in the pan for 15 to 20 minutes. Lift it out using the parchment and transfer it to a wire rack to cool completely before slicing.</li></ol>]]></content:encoded><media:thumbnail height="675" url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY4NTc5/classic-zucchini-bread-loaf---hero-image.jpg?profile=rss" width="1200"/><media:content height="675" medium="image" type="" url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY4NTc5/classic-zucchini-bread-loaf---hero-image.jpg?profile=rss" width="1200"><media:title>classic-zucchini-bread-loaf---hero-image</media:title><media:text>Classic Zucchini Bread Loaf (Hero Image)</media:text></media:content></item><item><title><![CDATA[Grilled Peach Salad With Arugula and Mozzarella]]></title><description/><link>https://delishably.com/recipes/grilled-peach-salad</link><guid isPermaLink="true">https://delishably.com/recipes/grilled-peach-salad</guid><category><![CDATA[Summer]]></category><category><![CDATA[Recipes]]></category><category><![CDATA[Salads]]></category><dc:creator><![CDATA[Felicia Garrett]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Sat, 11 Jul 2026 23:58:32 GMT</pubDate><enclosure url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY4NTY2/grilled-peach-arugula-mozzarella-salad---hero-image.jpg?profile=rss" length="189972" type="false"/><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Grilling the peaches adds a little char and gives this salad more substance. Prosciutto brings the salt, toasted almonds add crunch, and fresh mozzarella makes it filling enough for lunch or dinner alongside grilled chicken or steak.</p><p>Choose ripe but firm peaches for grilling so they soften over the heat without falling apart. See our guide to <a href="https://delishably.com/how-to/how-to-choose-the-best-peaches-for-every-recipe">Choosing the Best Peaches for Every Recipe</a>. </p><figure>
                        
                        <img src="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY4NTY1/grilled-peach-arugula-mozzarella-salad---ingredients.jpg?profile=rss" height="675" width="504">
                        
                    </figure>
                    <h2>What to Serve With</h2><ul><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/grilled-chicken-breasts-with-simple-marinade">Grilled Chicken Breasts With Simple Marinade</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/marinated-skirt-steak">Marinated Skirt Steak</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/miso-maple-roasted-salmon">Miso-Maple Roasted Salmon</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/lemon-garlic-roasted-chicken-thighs-with-mint-yogurt-sauce">Lemon-Garlic Roasted Chicken Thighs With Mint Yogurt Sauce</a></li></ul><h2>Expert Tips</h2><ul><li>Clean and oil the grill grates before the peaches go on. That small step does a lot to keep the fruit from tearing.</li><li>Let the peaches sit cut side down long enough to mark before turning them. If they resist the grate, they need another minute.</li><li>Drain the mozzarella briefly if it is very wet. Extra liquid can dilute the dressing at the bottom of the platter.</li><li>Start light on the final salt. Prosciutto already brings plenty, so taste a forkful with cheese before adding more.</li><li>Use peaches that are ripe but still firm. Very soft fruit tends to stick to the grill and can collapse when sliced.</li></ul><h2>Substitutions</h2><ul><li>Fresh mozzarella can be swapped for burrata if you want a softer, creamier finish. The salad will be a little richer and looser on the platter.</li><li>Almonds can be replaced with toasted pecans for a sweeter, rounder crunch that still fits the peaches and balsamic.</li><li>Fresh chives can be replaced with thinly sliced basil. </li></ul><h2>FAQs</h2><h3>Can I make the dressing ahead?</h3><p>Yes. Whisk it up to 2 days ahead and refrigerate it in a jar. Shake or whisk again before dressing the salad.</p><h3>Do I need a grill for the peaches?</h3><p>No. A grill pan works well, or you can sear the peaches in a hot skillet until marked and lightly softened.</p><h3>Can I serve this as a main dish?</h3><p>Yes, for a light meal. Add bread on the side or serve larger portions if you want it to carry dinner.</p><h2>Storage</h2><p>Store leftovers in an airtight container in the refrigerator for up to 1 day. The arugula will soften and the peaches will release some juice, so this salad is best eaten soon after serving. It does not freeze well.</p><h3>Ingredients</h3><ul><li>1/4 cup extra virgin olive oil, plus more for brushing peaches</li><li>2 tablespoons balsamic vinegar</li><li>1/4 teaspoon kosher salt, plus more to taste</li><li>1/8 teaspoon freshly ground black pepper, plus more to taste</li><li>3 firm, ripe peaches, halved and pitted</li><li>5 cups baby arugula</li><li>4 ounces prosciutto, torn into pieces</li><li>8 ounces fresh mozzarella, torn into bite-size pieces</li><li>1/3 cup almonds, toasted and chopped</li><li>2 tablespoons fresh chives, snipped</li></ul><ol><li>In a medium bowl, whisk together \u003cstrong\u003e1/4 cup extra virgin olive oil\u003c/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003e2 tablespoons balsamic vinegar\u003c/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003e1/4 tsp kosher salt\u003c/strong\u003e, and \u003cstrong\u003e1/8 tsp freshly ground black pepper\u003c/strong\u003e. Taste and season with additional \u003cstrong\u003ekosher salt\u003c/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003efreshly ground black pepper\u003c/strong\u003e to taste. Set aside.</li><li>Heat a grill to medium. Brush \u003cstrong\u003e3 peach\u003c/strong\u003e halves lightly with olive oil and grill, turning once, until marked and slightly softened, about 5 minutes total. Let cool briefly, then cute each half into thirds.</li><li>Toss \u003cstrong\u003e5 cups baby arugula\u003c/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003e4 ounces torn prosciutto\u003c/strong\u003e with enough vinaigrette to lightly coat. Transfer to a serving platter.</li><li>Arrange the grilled peaches and 8 ounces torn fresh\u003cstrong\u003e mozzarella\u003c/strong\u003e over the arugula. Sprinkle with \u003cstrong\u003e1/3 cup toasted almonds\u003c/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003e2 tablespoons chopped chives\u003c/strong\u003e. Drizzle with the remaining vinaigrette andd season with additional \u003cstrong\u003ekosher salt\u003c/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003efreshly ground black pepper\u003c/strong\u003e to taste.</li></ol>]]></content:encoded><media:thumbnail height="675" url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY4NTY2/grilled-peach-arugula-mozzarella-salad---hero-image.jpg?profile=rss" width="1200"/><media:content height="675" medium="image" type="" url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY4NTY2/grilled-peach-arugula-mozzarella-salad---hero-image.jpg?profile=rss" width="1200"><media:title>grilled-peach-arugula-mozzarella-salad---hero-image</media:title><media:text>Grilled Peach Arugula Mozzarella Salad (Hero Image)</media:text></media:content></item><item><title><![CDATA[Peach Crisp With Brown Sugar Pecan Topping]]></title><description/><link>https://delishably.com/recipes/baked-peach-crisp</link><guid isPermaLink="true">https://delishably.com/recipes/baked-peach-crisp</guid><category><![CDATA[Recipes]]></category><category><![CDATA[Dessert Recipes]]></category><category><![CDATA[Summer]]></category><dc:creator><![CDATA[Felicia Garrett]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Sat, 11 Jul 2026 20:38:29 GMT</pubDate><enclosure url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY4NTMx/baked-peach-crisp-with-brown-sugar-pecan-topping---hero-image.jpg?profile=rss" length="178929" type="false"/><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>A little flour and brown sugar thicken the peach juices, while melted butter helps the pecan topping bake up crisp and golden. It makes a generous 9-by-13-inch pan, so it is especially good for cookouts and summer gatherings. I like to serve it warm rather than piping hot, which gives the filling time to thicken and helps the topping stay crisp. </p><p>Choose ripe peaches that give slightly when pressed but are still firm enough to slice. Our guide to <a href="https://delishably.com/how-to/how-to-choose-the-best-peaches-for-every-recipe">How to Choose the Best Peaches for Every Recipe</a> explains what to look for.</p><h2>More Recipes With Peaches</h2><ul><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/peach-galette-puff-pastry">Peach Galette</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/grilled-peaches-with-honey-and-cinnamon">Grilled Peaches With Honey and Cinnamon</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/peach-salad-with-cucumbers-and-herbs">Peach Salad with Cucumbers and Herbs</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/grilled-peach-salad">Grilled Peach Salad With Arugula and Mozzarella</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/peach-cobbler-with-buttermilk-biscuits">Peach Cobbler With Buttermilk Biscuits</a></li></ul><h2>Expert Tips</h2><ul><li>Spread the peaches into an even layer so the filling cooks at the same rate across the pan.</li><li>Stir the melted butter into the topping until no dry flour pockets remain. That is what gives you crisp clusters instead of a dusty top.</li><li>Bake until you see bubbling fruit at the edges, not just a browned top. The bubbling tells you the filling has heated through.</li><li>If your peaches are especially ripe and juicy, expect more bubbling around the edges and give the crisp a few extra minutes to set after baking.</li></ul><h2>FAQs</h2><h3>Do I need to peel the peaches?</h3><p>No. The skins soften as the crisp bakes. If you prefer a smoother filling, you can peel them first.</p><h3>How do I know when the crisp is done?</h3><p>Look for bubbling juices around the edges and peaches that are tender when pierced. The topping should be evenly golden brown.</p><h3>Can I make peach crisp ahead?</h3><p>Yes. Assemble it a few hours ahead and refrigerate, then bake before serving. The topping may soften a bit as it sits unbaked.</p><h3>Can I use frozen peaches?</h3><p>Yes, but thaw and drain them first so the filling does not turn too loose. You may still need a few extra minutes of baking time.</p><h2>Storage</h2><p>Store cooled peach crisp in a tightly covered baking dish or an airtight container in the refrigerator for up to 4 days. For longer storage, transfer portions to freezer-safe containers and freeze for up to 2 months. Thaw in the refrigerator and reheat in a 350 F oven until warmed through.</p><h3>Ingredients</h3><ul><li>1/2 cup packed light brown sugar</li><li>1/4 cup all-purpose flour</li><li>2 teaspoons fresh lemon juice</li><li>1/4 teaspoon ground cinnamon</li><li>3 pounds peaches, cut into 1/2-inch slices</li></ul><ol><li>Heat the oven to 375 F. Grease a 9-by-13-inch baking dish.</li><li>For the filling, in a large bowl, combine \u003cstrong\u003e1/2 cup packed light brown sugar\u003c/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003e1/4 cup all-purpose flour\u003c/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003e2 tsp fresh lemon juice\u003c/strong\u003e, and \u003cstrong\u003e1/4 tsp ground cinnamon\u003c/strong\u003e. Stir to blend, add \u003cstrong\u003e3 lb sliced peaches\u003c/strong\u003e, and toss until evenly coated. Transfer the filling to the prepared baking dish.</li><li>For the topping, in a small bowl, combine \u003cstrong\u003e3/4 cup all-purpose flour\u003c/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003e1/2 cup packed light brown sugar\u003c/strong\u003e, and \u003cstrong\u003e1 tsp ground cinnamon\u003c/strong\u003e. Stir in \u003cstrong\u003e1/2 cup unsalted butter\u003c/strong\u003e, then mix in \u003cstrong\u003e1/2 cup chopped pecans\u003c/strong\u003e. Sprinkle the topping evenly over the \u003cstrong\u003epeaches\u003c/strong\u003e.</li><li>Bake the crisp for 40 to 50 minutes, until the \u003cstrong\u003epeaches\u003c/strong\u003e are tender, the filling is bubbling around the edges,  and the topping is golden brown.</li><li>Set the baking dish on a wire rack and cool at least 15 minutes. Serve warm or at room temperature with \u003cstrong\u003evanilla ice cream\u003c/strong\u003e.</li></ol>]]></content:encoded><media:thumbnail height="675" url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY4NTMx/baked-peach-crisp-with-brown-sugar-pecan-topping---hero-image.jpg?profile=rss" width="1200"/><media:content height="675" medium="image" type="" url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY4NTMx/baked-peach-crisp-with-brown-sugar-pecan-topping---hero-image.jpg?profile=rss" width="1200"><media:title>baked-peach-crisp-with-brown-sugar-pecan-topping---hero-image</media:title><media:text>Baked Peach Crisp With Brown Sugar Pecan Topping (Hero Image)</media:text></media:content></item><item><title><![CDATA[Peach Galette]]></title><description/><link>https://delishably.com/recipes/peach-galette-puff-pastry</link><guid isPermaLink="true">https://delishably.com/recipes/peach-galette-puff-pastry</guid><category><![CDATA[Pie]]></category><category><![CDATA[Recipes]]></category><category><![CDATA[Dessert Recipes]]></category><dc:creator><![CDATA[Felicia Garrett]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Sat, 11 Jul 2026 20:18:54 GMT</pubDate><enclosure url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY4NTI1/peach-galette-with-puff-pastry---hero-image.jpg?profile=rss" length="175558" type="false"/><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>A galette is one of the easiest ways to turn good peaches into dessert without fussing with a pie plate. Puff pastry gives you a crisp, buttery base, and the peach filling stays simple with sugar, cinnamon, vanilla, and just enough flour to catch the juices.</p><p>Look for ripe but firm peaches that will soften in the oven without releasing too much juice. Learn more about <a href="https://delishably.com/how-to/how-to-choose-the-best-peaches-for-every-recipe">Choosing the Best Peaches for Every Recipe</a>.</p><figure>
                        
                        <img src="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY4NTI0/peach-galette-with-puff-pastry---ingredients.jpg?profile=rss" height="675" width="504">
                        
                    </figure>
                    <h2>More Recipes With Peaches</h2><ul><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/grilled-peaches-with-honey-and-cinnamon">Grilled Peaches With Honey and Cinnamon</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/peach-salad-with-cucumbers-and-herbs">Peach Salad with Cucumbers and Herbs</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/baked-peach-crisp">Peach Crisp With Brown Sugar Pecan Topping</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/grilled-peach-salad">Grilled Peach Salad With Arugula and Mozzarella</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/peach-cobbler-with-buttermilk-biscuits">Peach Cobbler With Buttermilk Biscuits</a></li></ul><h2>Expert Tips</h2><ul><li>Keep the puff pastry cold before you fill it. Warm pastry gets soft fast and is harder to fold cleanly.</li><li>Leave the full 2-inch border clear so the pastry can fold over without sliding off the fruit.</li><li>Bake until the center juices look thick and glossy, not watery. That is the cue that the flour has done its job.</li><li>If your peaches are very juicy, discarding the extra liquid matters here. It helps the pastry stay crisp instead of soggy.</li></ul><h2>Substitutions</h2><ul><li>Swap the pure vanilla extract for almond extract in a smaller amount if you want a more pronounced bakery-style flavor.</li><li>Replace ground cinnamon with ground cardamom for a less familiar but still good warm spice note.</li></ul><h2>FAQs</h2><h3>Do I need to peel the peaches?</h3><p>No. The skins soften as the galette bakes and add a little color. Peel them only if you strongly prefer a smoother filling.</p><h3>How do I keep the galette from leaking too much?</h3><p>Discard the extra peach juices before arranging the fruit, and patch any cracks in the pastry before baking. A little bubbling is normal.</p><h3>Can I use frozen peaches?</h3><p>Yes, but thaw and drain them well first. Extra moisture can make the pastry soft and cause more overflow.</p><h3>When is the galette done baking?</h3><p>Look for a golden brown crust and peach juices that have turned syrupy and bubbling. If the pastry still looks pale, give it a few more minutes.</p><h2>Storage</h2><p>Store leftover galette in an airtight container in the refrigerator for up to 3 days. For the best texture, reheat slices on a sheet pan in a 350 F oven until the pastry crisps back up. It can be frozen, wrapped well and stored in a freezer-safe container for up to 1 month, though the pastry will soften a bit after thawing.</p><h3>Ingredients</h3><ul><li>1 sheet frozen puff pastry, thawed</li></ul><ol><li>Heat the oven to 400°F. Line a rimmed baking sheet with parchment paper.</li><li>Stir together \u003cstrong\u003e¼ cup granulated sugar\u003c/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003e1 tablespoon all-purpose flour\u003c/strong\u003e, and \u003cstrong\u003e½ teaspoon ground cinnamon\u003c/strong\u003e in a small bowl.</li><li>Pit \u003cstrong\u003e1 pound peaches\u003c/strong\u003e and cut them into ½-inch-thick slices. Place the peaches in a medium bowl and sprinkle the sugar mixture over the top. Add \u003cstrong\u003e½ teaspoon vanilla extract\u003c/strong\u003e and gently fold until the peaches are evenly coated and no dry flour remains.</li><li>Unfold \u003cstrong\u003e1 sheet thawed puff pastry\u003c/strong\u003e on the prepared baking sheet. Gently roll it into a roughly 11-inch square, patching any cracks with your fingers.</li><li>Arrange the peaches in overlapping circles from the outside in, leaving a 2-inch border around the pastry. Leave any excess juice behind in the bowl. Dot the peaches with \u003cstrong\u003e1 tablespoon unsalted butter\u003c/strong\u003e.</li><li>Fold the pastry edges up and over the outer peaches, pleating and gently pressing the overlapping sections together. Patch any cracks to prevent the juices from escaping.</li><li>Whisk \u003cstrong\u003e1 large egg\u003c/strong\u003e with \u003cstrong\u003e1 teaspoon water\u003c/strong\u003e in a small bowl. Lightly brush the mixture over the exposed pastry, then sprinkle with \u003cstrong\u003e1 tablespoon coarse or granulated sugar\u003c/strong\u003e.</li><li>Bake for 25 to 30 minutes, until the pastry is puffed and deeply golden and the peach juices are bubbling and syrupy.</li><li>Let the galette cool on the baking sheet for at least 15 minutes before slicing and serving.</li></ol>]]></content:encoded><media:thumbnail height="675" url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY4NTI1/peach-galette-with-puff-pastry---hero-image.jpg?profile=rss" width="1200"/><media:content height="675" medium="image" type="" url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY4NTI1/peach-galette-with-puff-pastry---hero-image.jpg?profile=rss" width="1200"><media:title>peach-galette-with-puff-pastry---hero-image</media:title><media:text>Peach Galette With Puff Pastry (Hero Image)</media:text></media:content></item><item><title><![CDATA[Miso Blackened Salmon Rice Bowls With Bone Broth]]></title><description/><link>https://delishably.com/recipes/miso-salmon-bowls</link><guid isPermaLink="true">https://delishably.com/recipes/miso-salmon-bowls</guid><category><![CDATA[Bowl Meal Recipes]]></category><category><![CDATA[Weeknight Dinners]]></category><category><![CDATA[Salmon]]></category><category><![CDATA[Recipes]]></category><category><![CDATA[Seafood Recipes]]></category><category><![CDATA[Dinner Recipes]]></category><dc:creator><![CDATA[Felicia Garrett]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Fri, 10 Jul 2026 22:31:46 GMT</pubDate><enclosure url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY4NTE1/miso-salmon-rice-bowls-with-ginger-broth---hero-image.jpg?profile=rss" length="205574" type="false"/><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>The best part of this bowl is the contrast between the deeply browned salmon and the light, savory broth underneath it. Ginger seasons both the rice and broth, while the edamame adds enough texture to make the bowl feel complete. Pour the broth around the salmon just before serving so the caramelized miso glaze stays intact.</p><figure>
                        
                        <img src="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY4NTE0/miso-salmon-rice-bowls-with-ginger-broth---ingredients.jpg?profile=rss" height="675" width="504">
                        
                    </figure>
                    <h2>What to Serve With</h2><ul><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/spicy-sesame-cucumber-salad">Spicy Sesame Cucumber Salad</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/quick-pickled-radishes-with-beets-and-peppercorns">Quick Pickled Radishes with Beets and Peppercorns</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/sauteed-baby-bok-choy">Baby Bok Choy With Tamari and Sesame</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/quick-pickled-red-onions">Quick Pickled Red Onions</a></li></ul><h2>Expert Tips</h2><ul><li>Let the salmon cook untouched for the first 2 to 3 minutes so the miso glaze can darken instead of sticking and tearing.</li><li>If the broth tastes flat, add the second tablespoon of lemon juice a little at a time. That last bit of acid wakes up the whole bowl.</li><li>Slice the green onions just before serving so they stay crisp and sharp against the warm broth.</li><li>Start the black pepper light in both the glaze and broth, then adjust after tasting. Miso, soy sauce, and broth concentrate already bring plenty of saltiness.</li></ul><h2>Substitutions</h2><ul><li>Honey can be swapped for maple syrup if you want a slightly deeper sweetness in the glaze.</li><li>Jasmine rice can be replaced with sushi rice for a stickier bowl, but keep an eye on the package water ratio.</li><li>Fresh lemon juice can be replaced with a small splash of extra rice wine vinegar if you want a sharper broth.</li></ul><h2>FAQs</h2><h3>Can I cook the salmon in the oven instead?</h3><p>Yes. Roast it at 425 F until it flakes easily, usually 8 to 12 minutes depending on thickness. You will lose some of the dark pan-blackened finish.</p><h3>Can I make the broth ahead?</h3><p>Yes. The broth can be made 1 day ahead and reheated on the stove. Add the lemon juice after reheating if you want the brightest flavor.</p><h3>What kind of salmon works best here?</h3><p>Center-cut fillets around 4 to 5 ounces each cook most evenly. If your fillets are much thicker, give them a few extra minutes after turning.</p><h2>Storage</h2><p>Store the rice, salmon, broth, and toppings in separate airtight containers in the refrigerator for up to 3 days. Reheat the broth and rice until hot, then add the salmon at the end so it does not overcook. Freeze the broth and rice well for up to 2 months. The salmon can be frozen, but the texture is better fresh.</p><h3>Ingredients</h3><ul><li>4 salmon fillets, 4 to 5 ounces each</li><li>1 tablespoon plus 1 teaspoon white miso paste</li><li>1 tablespoon plus 1 teaspoon soy sauce</li><li>1 tablespoon plus 1 teaspoon honey or maple syrup</li><li>2 teaspoons sesame oil</li><li>1/4 teaspoon smoked paprika</li><li>1/8 teaspoon black pepper, plus more to taste</li><li>1 tablespoon neutral oil</li></ul><ol><li>Rinse \u003cstrong\u003e1⅓ cups jasmine rice\u003c/strong\u003e under cold water until the water runs mostly clear. Combine the rice in a saucepan with \u003cstrong\u003e1⅔ cups water, 1 tablespoon plus 1 teaspoon grated ginger, and a pinch of salt\u003c/strong\u003e. Bring to a boil, then cover and reduce the heat to low. Cook for 15 minutes, remove from the heat, and let stand, covered, for 5 minutes before fluffing with a fork.</li><li>Bring a small saucepan of water to a boil. Add \u003cstrong\u003e2 cups frozen edamame \u003c/strong\u003eand cook for 2 to 3 minutes, until tender. Drain and set aside.</li><li>Stir together \u003cstrong\u003e1 tablespoon plus 1 teaspoon each white miso paste, soy sauce, and honey or maple syrup with 2 teaspoons sesame oil, ¼ teaspoon smoked paprika, and black pepper\u003c/strong\u003e. Pat the salmon dry and spread the glaze over the tops and sides.</li><li>Heat \u003cstrong\u003e1 tablespoon neutral oil \u003c/strong\u003ein a large nonstick or well-seasoned skillet over medium heat. Place the salmon glazed-side down in the skillet and cook undisturbed for 2 to 3 minutes, until deeply browned. Turn the salmon and cook for another 4 to 6 minutes, depending on thickness, until it flakes easily but remains moist in the center. Transfer to a plate.</li><li>Heat \u003cstrong\u003e1 teaspoon sesame oil\u003c/strong\u003e in a saucepan over medium heat. Add \u003cstrong\u003e1 tablespoon plus 1 teaspoon each grated ginger and garlic\u003c/strong\u003e and cook for about 1 minute, until fragrant. Pour in \u003cstrong\u003e4 cups chicken bone broth\u003c/strong\u003e and stir in \u003cstrong\u003e1 tablespoon soy sauce\u003c/strong\u003e and\u003cstrong\u003e 1 tablespoon rice vinegar\u003c/strong\u003e. Simmer gently for 8 to 10 minutes.</li><li>Remove the broth from the heat. Place \u003cstrong\u003e1 tablespoon white miso paste\u003c/strong\u003e in a small bowl, add a ladleful of hot broth, and whisk until smooth. Stir the mixture back into the saucepan. Taste and add the remaining miso, if needed. Finish with \u003cstrong\u003e1 tablespoon lemon juice\u003c/strong\u003e.</li><li>Divide the ginger rice among four shallow bowls. Add the edamame and top each bowl with a salmon fillet. Pour the hot broth around the rice, leaving the blackened tops of the salmon exposed. Finish with green onions, sesame seeds, and chili crisp.</li></ol>]]></content:encoded><media:thumbnail height="675" url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY4NTE1/miso-salmon-rice-bowls-with-ginger-broth---hero-image.jpg?profile=rss" width="1200"/><media:content height="675" medium="image" type="" url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY4NTE1/miso-salmon-rice-bowls-with-ginger-broth---hero-image.jpg?profile=rss" width="1200"><media:title>miso-salmon-rice-bowls-with-ginger-broth---hero-image</media:title><media:text>Miso Salmon Rice Bowls With Ginger Broth (Hero Image)</media:text></media:content></item><item><title><![CDATA[Garlic Butter Steak Bowls With Sweet Potatoes and Chimichurri]]></title><description/><link>https://delishably.com/recipes/steak-bowls-chimichurri</link><guid isPermaLink="true">https://delishably.com/recipes/steak-bowls-chimichurri</guid><category><![CDATA[Steak]]></category><category><![CDATA[Recipes]]></category><category><![CDATA[Dinner Recipes]]></category><category><![CDATA[Bowl Meal Recipes]]></category><category><![CDATA[Weeknight Dinners]]></category><dc:creator><![CDATA[Felicia Garrett]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 09 Jul 2026 15:11:14 GMT</pubDate><enclosure url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY4NDQ1/steak-bowls-with-sweet-potatoes-and-chimichurri---hero-image.jpg?profile=rss" length="159369" type="false"/><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>There’s a lot to love about a bowl meal, especially one that gives you dinner now and an easy lunch later. The sweet potatoes hold up beautifully, the <a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/chimichurri-sauce-recipe">chimichurri</a> keeps things fresh, and the <a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/quick-pickled-red-onions">pickled onions</a> add enough brightness to make leftovers feel intentional. Serve it over rice, greens, or both, and keep the extra components ready for quick bowls all week.</p><figure>
                        
                        <img src="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY4NDQ0/steak-bowls-with-sweet-potatoes-and-chimichurri---ingredients.jpg?profile=rss" height="675" width="504">
                        
                    </figure>
                    <h2>What to Serve With</h2><ul><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/quick-pickled-red-onions">Quick Pickled Red Onions</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/chimichurri-sauce-recipe">Chimichurri Sauce Recipe</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/peach-salad-with-cucumbers-and-herbs">Peach Salad with Cucumbers and Herbs</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/coconut-ginger-jasmine-rice">Coconut Ginger Jasmine Rice</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/greek-yogurt-tzatziki-sauce">Tzatziki Recipe</a></li></ul><h2>Expert Tips</h2><ul><li>Patting the steak dry matters here. A dry surface gives you better browning and keeps the garlic butter from turning watery.</li><li>Add the garlic only after the heat drops to medium-low so it turns fragrant instead of bitter.</li><li>Spoon the pan butter over the bowls just before serving so it stays warm and coats the grains instead of disappearing into the pan.</li><li>Cook the steak in 2 batches if your skillet is not very wide. Crowding is the fastest way to lose that browned edge.</li></ul><h2>Substitutions</h2><ul><li>Sirloin can be swapped with ribeye or strip steak if you want a richer bite; both sear well but may leave a little more fat in the pan.</li><li>Sweet potatoes can be replaced with cubed butternut squash; it roasts in a similar window and keeps the sweet-savory balance.</li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/chimichurri-sauce-recipe">Chimichurri sauce</a> can be replaced with <a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/basil-chimichurri-sauce">Basil Chimichurri Sauce</a> if that is what you have on hand; expect a softer herb profile.</li></ul><h2>FAQs</h2><h3>Can I cook the steak ahead of time?</h3><p>Yes. Cook it just shy of your preferred doneness, cool it, and refrigerate. Reheat briefly in a hot skillet so it warms through without overcooking.</p><h3>What is the best cut of steak for these bowls?</h3><p>Sirloin is a good pick because it stays beefy, cooks fast, and is usually easier on the budget than ribeye. Trim large exterior fat pieces before cubing if needed.</p><h3>How do I keep the steak from steaming?</h3><p>Use a large hot skillet, avoid overcrowding, and cook in batches. The pieces need space around them so moisture can cook off and the surface can brown.</p><h3>Can I use greens instead of grains?</h3><p>Yes. Arugula is a good base if you want a lighter bowl. Add the hot steak and sweet potatoes last so the greens soften a little without wilting completely.</p><h2>Storage</h2><p>Store assembled bowls or components in separate airtight containers in the refrigerator for up to 3 days. The steak and sweet potatoes reheat well in a skillet or microwave. Chimichurri and pickled onions are best kept cold and added after reheating. Freezing is not ideal for assembled bowls, but the cooked steak and sweet potatoes can be frozen in airtight containers for up to 2 months.</p><h3>Ingredients</h3><ul><li>3 to 4 sweet potatoes, peeled and cubed</li><li>2 tablespoons extra-virgin olive oil</li><li>1 teaspoon kosher salt</li><li>1/2 teaspoon black pepper</li><li>1/2 teaspoon garlic powder</li><li>1/2 teaspoon smoked paprika</li></ul><ol><li>Heat the oven to 425 F and line a sheet pan with parchment paper.</li><li>On the prepared sheet pan, toss the \u003cstrong\u003e3 to 4 cubed sweet potatoes\u003c/strong\u003e with \u003cstrong\u003e2 tbsp extra-virgin olive oil\u003c/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003e1 teaspoon kosher salt\u003c/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003e1/2 teaspoon black pepper\u003c/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003e1/2 teaspoon garlic powder\u003c/strong\u003e, and \u003cstrong\u003e1/2 teaspoon smoked paprika\u003c/strong\u003e until evenly coated. Spread into a single layer.</li><li>Roast the \u003cstrong\u003esweet potatoes\u003c/strong\u003e for 20 to 25 minutes, turning once halfway through, until tender and lightly browned at the edges.</li><li>Pat dry the \u003cstrong\u003e2 lbs cubed sirloin\u003c/strong\u003e with paper towels. In a large bowl, toss the \u003cstrong\u003ecubed sirloin\u003c/strong\u003e with \u003cstrong\u003e1 tablespoon extra-virgin olive oil\u003c/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003e2 teaspoons kosher salt\u003c/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003e1 teaspoon black pepper\u003c/strong\u003e, and \u003cstrong\u003e1 teaspoon garlic powder\u003c/strong\u003e.</li><li>In a large skillet over medium-high heat, sear the steak in a single layer, working in batches if needed, for 2 to 3 minutes per side.</li><li>In the same skillet over medium-low heat, add \u003cstrong\u003e2 tablespoons butter\u003c/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003e3 cloves minced garlic\u003c/strong\u003e. Toss the steak in the \u003cstrong\u003egarlic butter\u003c/strong\u003e for 1 to 2 minutes, until the \u003cstrong\u003egarlic\u003c/strong\u003e is fragrant, then stir in \u003cstrong\u003e2 tbsp fresh parsley\u003c/strong\u003e. Take off heat. </li><li>Build the bowls with the rice, quinoa or greens as the base. Add the roasted \u003cstrong\u003esweet potatoes\u003c/strong\u003e and steak, then spoon any extra \u003cstrong\u003egarlic butter\u003c/strong\u003e from the pan over the top.</li><li>Finish each bowl with \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\u0022https://delishably.com/recipes/quick-pickled-red-onions\u0022 data-type=\u0022post\u0022 data-id=\u002252534\u0022\u003equick pickled onions\u003c/a\u003e\u003c/strong\u003e and\u003cstrong\u003e \u003ca href=\u0022https://delishably.com/recipes/chimichurri-sauce-recipe\u0022 data-type=\u0022post\u0022 data-id=\u002251210\u0022\u003echimichurri sauce\u003c/a\u003e\u003c/strong\u003e. Top with \u003cstrong\u003esliced avocado\u003c/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003etoasted pepitas\u003c/strong\u003e and serve right away.</li></ol>]]></content:encoded><media:thumbnail height="675" url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY4NDQ1/steak-bowls-with-sweet-potatoes-and-chimichurri---hero-image.jpg?profile=rss" width="1200"/><media:content height="675" medium="image" type="" url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY4NDQ1/steak-bowls-with-sweet-potatoes-and-chimichurri---hero-image.jpg?profile=rss" width="1200"><media:title>steak-bowls-with-sweet-potatoes-and-chimichurri---hero-image</media:title><media:text>Steak Bowls With Sweet Potatoes and Chimichurri (Hero Image)</media:text></media:content></item><item><title><![CDATA[How to Store Fresh Herbs So They Last Longer]]></title><description><![CDATA[Fresh herbs can brighten almost anything, whether you clipped them from the garden or brought them home from the grocery store. They’re also one of the quickest ingredients to decline once they’re cut. The key is storing them based on how they grow. Tender herbs need moisture and gentle handling, ...]]></description><link>https://delishably.com/how-to/how-to-store-fresh-herbs-so-they-last-longer</link><guid isPermaLink="true">https://delishably.com/how-to/how-to-store-fresh-herbs-so-they-last-longer</guid><category><![CDATA[How-To]]></category><category><![CDATA[More Recipes]]></category><category><![CDATA[Recipes]]></category><dc:creator><![CDATA[Felicia Garrett]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Wed, 08 Jul 2026 23:13:23 GMT</pubDate><enclosure url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY4NTAx/herbs-for-storage-hero-image.jpg?profile=rss" length="318141" type="false"/><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Fresh herbs can brighten almost anything, whether you clipped them from the garden or brought them home from the grocery store. They’re also one of the quickest ingredients to decline once they’re cut. The key is storing them based on how they grow. Tender herbs need moisture and gentle handling, while sturdier herbs do better with less fuss and less water.</p><h2>The Best Way to Store Fresh Herbs</h2><p>Fresh herbs last longest when you store them by type: soft herbs need a little moisture, while woodier herbs need cooler, drier storage. Don’t wash herbs until you’re ready to use them unless you dry them thoroughly first. Too much moisture can cause rot, while too little causes wilting.</p><h2>Know the Difference: Tender vs. Sturdy Herbs</h2><ul><li>Tender herbs have soft stems and delicate leaves. Cilantro, parsley, dill, mint, basil, and tarragon fall into this group, and most of them do best stored upright in a little water, almost like flowers.</li><li>Sturdy herbs have woodier stems and firmer leaves. Rosemary, thyme, sage, and oregano are less fragile, but they still need protection from excess moisture, which is why they keep best wrapped loosely and refrigerated.</li></ul><h2>Before You Store Fresh Herbs</h2><p>Whether your herbs came from the garden or the grocery store, take a minute to sort through them first.</p><p>Remove any yellowed, bruised, slimy, or damaged leaves. Take off tight rubber bands or twist ties. Shake garden herbs gently to remove loose dirt or insects. If grocery-store herbs are damp inside their packaging, take them out and blot them dry.</p><p>A little prep helps herbs last longer and keeps one bad leaf from spoiling the bunch.</p><h2>How to Store Tender Herbs</h2><p>For most tender herbs, the best method is to treat them like cut flowers.</p><p>Trim the ends of the stems, place the herbs upright in a jar or glass with a little water, loosely cover the tops with a plastic bag if needed, and store them in the refrigerator.</p><p>This works especially well for parsley, cilantro, dill, and mint, whether they came from the garden or the produce aisle.</p><h2>A Note on Basil</h2><p>Basil is the exception. It does best at room temperature in a glass of water, away from direct sun and cold air.</p><p>Refrigeration can darken and damage basil leaves, especially if they are tender garden leaves or already chilled from the store.</p><h2>How to Store Sturdy Herbs</h2><p>Sturdy herbs keep best when they’re cool and protected, but not wet.</p><p>Wrap them loosely in a dry or barely damp paper towel, place them in a reusable container or partially open bag, and store them in the refrigerator.</p><p>This helps prevent both drying out and trapped moisture. It’s especially useful for rosemary, thyme, sage, and oregano.</p><h2>Should You Wash Herbs First?</h2><p>Usually, no.</p><p>Wait to wash herbs until just before using them. Excess moisture shortens their lifespan quickly, especially once herbs are stored in the refrigerator.</p><p>If you do wash them first, dry them thoroughly. Use a salad spinner if you have one, then blot the herbs gently with towels before storing.</p><p>This is especially important for garden herbs, which may need a rinse if they have dirt, grit, or insects on the leaves. Just make sure they are completely dry before storing.</p><h2>What Causes Herbs to Go Bad Faster?</h2><p>Fresh herbs decline faster when they’re stored with too much moisture, trapped in airtight packaging without airflow, crushed, or left too dry for too long. Tight bands, wet garden herbs, and basil stored in the refrigerator can also shorten their shelf life.</p><h2>How Long Fresh Herbs Last</h2><p>Shelf life varies, but tender herbs usually last about 4 to 7 days, sometimes longer if stored upright in water. Sturdy herbs usually last about 1 to 2 weeks.</p><p>Garden herbs may last longer if they were picked fresh and handled gently. Grocery-store herbs may have already spent several days in transit or on display, so it’s best to store them properly as soon as you get home.</p><p>Use your eyes and nose. Herbs that are slimy, blackened, or sour-smelling should be discarded.</p><h2>How to Tell When Herbs Are Past Their Prime</h2><p>Look for slimy leaves, black or brown patches, strong off smells, severe wilting, or yellowing combined with moisture damage.</p><p>Slight wilting can sometimes be revived. Sliminess cannot.</p><h2>Can You Revive Wilted Herbs?</h2><p>Sometimes.</p><p>If herbs are limp but not slimy, trim the stems, place them in cold water for 10 to 20 minutes, then pat them dry before using.</p><p>This works best for parsley, cilantro, and dill. It can also help perk up garden herbs that wilted after being clipped in warm weather.</p><h2>Can You Freeze Fresh Herbs?</h2><p>Yes. Freezing is a good way to save extra herbs from the garden or a bunch you bought at the grocery store but won’t use in time. Just know that frozen herbs lose their fresh texture, so they’re best for cooked dishes, sauces, soups, stews, dressings, marinades, and herb butters rather than salads or garnishes.</p><h3>Freezing sage</h3><p>Sage freezes especially well because the leaves are sturdy. Freeze whole leaves on a parchment-lined sheet pan until firm, then transfer them to a freezer bag or airtight container. You can also chop sage and freeze it in small portions with olive oil.</p><p>Use frozen sage in brown butter sauces, roasted vegetables, stuffing, soups, beans, pork, chicken, and winter squash dishes.</p><h3>Freezing basil</h3><p>Basil is more delicate and tends to darken in the freezer. For the best flavor, chop it and freeze it with olive oil in an ice cube tray, or blend it into pesto and freeze in small portions. You can also freeze whole basil leaves, but they will turn dark and limp once thawed.</p><p>Use frozen basil in tomato sauce, soups, pasta, pesto, vinaigrettes, and cooked dishes where texture doesn’t matter.</p><h3>Other herbs that freeze well</h3><p>Parsley, cilantro, dill, chives, mint, rosemary, thyme, and oregano can all be frozen. Tender herbs like parsley, cilantro, dill, mint, and chives are best chopped and frozen in ice cube trays with water or olive oil. Sturdy herbs like rosemary, thyme, oregano, and sage can be frozen whole or chopped.</p><p>For the best results, wash herbs only if needed, dry them thoroughly, remove damaged leaves, and freeze them in small portions so you can use only what you need.</p><figure>
                        
                        <img src="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY4NTAy/herbs-tray.jpg?profile=rss" height="675" width="450">
                        
                    </figure>
                    <h2>Fresh Herb Storage and Freezing Chart</h2><div><table><thead><th></th><th></th><th></th></thead><tbody><tr><td><p>Herb</p></td><td><p>Fresh storage method</p></td><td><p>Best freezing method</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Basil</p></td><td><p>Store at room temperature in a glass of water, away from direct sun</p></td><td><p>Chop and freeze with olive oil, or freeze as pesto</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Sage</p></td><td><p>Wrap loosely and refrigerate</p></td><td><p>Freeze whole leaves individually, then transfer to a bag or container</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Parsley</p></td><td><p>Store upright in water in the refrigerator</p></td><td><p>Chop and freeze in ice cube trays with water or olive oil</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Cilantro</p></td><td><p>Store upright in water in the refrigerator</p></td><td><p>Chop and freeze in small portions</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Dill</p></td><td><p>Store upright in water in the refrigerator</p></td><td><p>Chop and freeze in small portions</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Mint</p></td><td><p>Store upright in water in the refrigerator</p></td><td><p>Freeze whole leaves or chopped leaves in ice cube trays</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Chives</p></td><td><p>Wrap loosely or store in a container in the refrigerator</p></td><td><p>Chop and freeze in a thin layer or small portions</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Rosemary</p></td><td><p>Wrap loosely and refrigerate</p></td><td><p>Freeze whole sprigs or stripped leaves</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Thyme</p></td><td><p>Wrap loosely and refrigerate</p></td><td><p>Freeze whole sprigs, then strip leaves as needed</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Oregano</p></td><td><p>Wrap loosely and refrigerate</p></td><td><p>Freeze whole leaves or chop and freeze with olive oil</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Tarragon</p></td><td><p>Store like a tender herb in water or wrapped gently</p></td><td><p>Chop and freeze in small portions</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h2>Recipes That Use Fresh Herbs</h2><p>If your herbs are starting to fade, use them in recipes that benefit from a fresh finish. Soft herbs like parsley, dill, mint, cilantro, and chives are especially good in salads, dressings, sauces, grain bowls, eggs, and simple vegetable sides.</p><p>Try them in our popular recipes using fresh herbs:</p><ul><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/kale-and-cabbage-salad-with-dijon-honey-dressing">Kale and Cabbage Salad With Dijon Honey Dressing</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/mediterranean-farro-salad-feta-olives">Mediterranean Farro Salad</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/corn-avocado-salad">Corn Avocado Salad</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/grilled-lemon-shrimp-skewers">Lemon Garlic Shrimp Skewers</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/grilled-skirt-steak-with-salsa-verde">Grilled Skirt Steak With Salsa Verde</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/sheet-pan-chicken-tikka">Sheet-Pan Chicken Tikka</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/kale-salad-with-roasted-sweet-potato-and-quinoa">Kale Salad With Roasted Sweet Potato, Cauliflower, and Quinoa</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/pan-seared-lamb-chops">Pan-Seared Lamb Chops With Garlic Herb Butter</a></li></ul><h2>Bottom Line</h2><p>Fresh herbs last longer when you store them according to their type. Tender herbs like a little water and gentle handling. Sturdy herbs do better wrapped and refrigerated. Whether they come from your garden or the grocery store, remove damaged leaves, control moisture, avoid crushing the stems and leaves, and freeze or use fading herbs quickly before they turn slimy.</p>]]></content:encoded><media:thumbnail height="675" url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY4NTAx/herbs-for-storage-hero-image.jpg?profile=rss" width="1199"/><media:content height="675" medium="image" type="" url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY4NTAx/herbs-for-storage-hero-image.jpg?profile=rss" width="1199"><media:title>herbs-for-storage-hero-image</media:title><media:text>Herbs for storage Hero Image</media:text></media:content><media:content height="675" medium="image" type="" url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY4NTAy/herbs-tray.jpg?profile=rss" width="450"><media:title>herbs-tray</media:title></media:content></item><item><title><![CDATA[Thai Crunch Salad With Peanut-Lime Dressing]]></title><description/><link>https://delishably.com/recipes/thai-crunch-salad</link><guid isPermaLink="true">https://delishably.com/recipes/thai-crunch-salad</guid><category><![CDATA[Fourth of July Recipes]]></category><category><![CDATA[Lunch]]></category><category><![CDATA[Summer]]></category><category><![CDATA[Salads]]></category><category><![CDATA[Recipes]]></category><category><![CDATA[Deli]]></category><category><![CDATA[Vegetables]]></category><dc:creator><![CDATA[Felicia Garrett]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Wed, 08 Jul 2026 14:54:50 GMT</pubDate><enclosure url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY4MzY4/thai-crunch-salad-with-peanut-dressing---hero-image.jpg?profile=rss" length="157819" type="false"/><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>This is the kind of salad I like to bring to a cookout, pack for the beach, or make ahead for an easy lunch. The cabbage, romaine, carrots, bell pepper, and edamame give it plenty of crunch, while the peanut-lime dressing makes it feel more filling than a simple side. Add the avocado and peanuts right before serving so everything stays crisp, creamy, and bright.</p><figure>
                        
                        <img src="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY4MzY3/thai-crunch-salad-with-peanut-dressing---ingredients.jpg?profile=rss" height="675" width="504">
                        
                    </figure>
                    <h2>What to Serve With</h2><ul><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/baked-sesame-ginger-tofu-citrus-glaze">Glazed Sesame Ginger Tofu</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/grilled-bbq-chicken">Grilled BBQ Chicken</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/honey-soy-shrimp-marinade">Honey Soy Shrimp With Lemon and Herbs</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/lemongrass-chicken-rice-bowls-carrot-salad">Lemongrass Chicken Bowls with Carrot Salad</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/honey-soy-salmon-bowls">Honey Soy Salmon Bowls with Sesame Cucumber Salad</a></li></ul><h2>Expert Tips</h2><ul><li>Dry the romaine well after washing so the dressing clings instead of sliding to the bottom of the bowl.</li><li>If the dressing tightens up as it sits, whisk in 1 tablespoon water at a time until it loosens back up.</li><li>For the best texture, dress the salad right before serving and save the last handful of peanuts for the top.</li><li>Seed the jalapeño thoroughly if you want the salad mild. Leave a few seeds if you want a little more heat.</li><li>Start with the lower end of the dressing ingredients and adjust after tasting. Peanut butter brands vary, so a little extra water or lime juice is normal.</li><li>I like to add the avocado and most of the peanuts at the end so the salad stays crisp and the avocado does not get mashed into the dressing.</li></ul><h2>Substitutions</h2><ul><li>Use almond butter in place of creamy peanut butter for a slightly less sweet, toasty dressing.</li><li>Replace edamame with cooked chickpeas for a different texture and a pantry-friendly option.</li><li>Use napa cabbage instead of green cabbage for a softer, lighter crunch.</li></ul><h2>FAQs</h2><h3>Can I make the dressing ahead?</h3><p>Yes. Make it up to 4 days ahead and refrigerate it in a jar or airtight container. Stir or whisk before using, then loosen with a little water if it has thickened.</p><h3>How do I keep the avocado from getting mushy?</h3><p>Add it at the very end and fold it in with a broad spoon or spatula. Keeping the salad lightly dressed before adding it also helps the pieces stay intact.</p><h3>Is this salad spicy?</h3><p>It has mild heat from the jalapeño and red pepper flakes. For less heat, seed the jalapeño well and start with a small pinch of flakes.</p><h3>Can I turn this into a main dish?</h3><p>Yes. Add grilled chicken, shrimp, or tofu and serve a larger portion. The edamame helps, but extra protein makes it more filling for dinner.</p><h2>Storage</h2><p>Store the salad and dressing in separate airtight containers in the refrigerator for up to 3 days. If already dressed, refrigerate in an airtight container and eat within 1 day for the best texture. Avocado is best added just before serving. The dressing does not freeze especially well because it can separate, and the salad itself is not a good freezer candidate.</p><h3>Ingredients</h3><ul><li>4 cups green cabbage, thinly sliced</li><li>2 cups red cabbage, thinly sliced</li><li>2 romaine hearts, chopped</li><li>2 large carrots, peeled and grated</li><li>1 red bell pepper, thinly sliced</li><li>1-2 jalapeños, seeded and finely chopped</li><li>4 to 5 green onions, thinly sliced</li><li>1/2 bunch fresh cilantro, roughly chopped</li><li>1 1/2 cups shelled edamame, cooked and cooled</li><li>1 avocado, diced</li><li>1 1/2 cups roasted peanuts, roughly chopped</li></ul><ol><li>In a medium bowl, whisk together \u003cstrong\u003e1/3 cup creamy peanut butter\u003c/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003e1/3 cup water\u003c/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003e2 tablespoons each of honey\u003c/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003eavocados oil\u003c/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003erice vinegar\u003c/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003esoy sauce\u003c/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003e1 tablespoon sesame oil\u003c/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003e2 grated garlic cloves\u003c/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003e1/8 teaspoon crushed red pepper flakes\u003c/strong\u003e, and \u003cstrong\u003e1-2 tablespoons lime juice\u003c/strong\u003e until smooth. Add more \u003cstrong\u003ewater\u003c/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003e1 tablespoon\u003c/strong\u003e at a time, until the dressing is pourable but still creamy. Taste and adjust with more \u003cstrong\u003elime juice\u003c/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003esoy sauce\u003c/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003ehoney\u003c/strong\u003e, or \u003cstrong\u003erice vinegar\u003c/strong\u003e as needed.</li><li>In a large bowl, combine \u003cstrong\u003e4 cups green cabbage\u003c/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003e2 cups red cabbage\u003c/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003e2 romaine hearts\u003c/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003e2 large carrots\u003c/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003e1 red bell pepper\u003c/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003e1-2 jalapeño\u003c/strong\u003es, \u003cstrong\u003e4 to 5 green onions\u003c/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003e1/2 bunch fresh cilantro\u003c/strong\u003e, and \u003cstrong\u003e1 1/2 cups shelled edamame\u003c/strong\u003e.</li><li>Drizzle with enough dressing to lightly coat the salad, then toss well. Add more dressing as needed.</li><li>When ready to serve, fold in \u003cstrong\u003e1 avocado\u003c/strong\u003e and most of \u003cstrong\u003e1 1/2 cups roasted peanuts\u003c/strong\u003e.</li><li>Transfer to a serving bowl and finish with the remaining peanuts. If you like, add extra cilantro and a squeeze of lime before serving.</li></ol>]]></content:encoded><media:thumbnail height="675" url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY4MzY4/thai-crunch-salad-with-peanut-dressing---hero-image.jpg?profile=rss" width="1200"/><media:content height="675" medium="image" type="" url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY4MzY4/thai-crunch-salad-with-peanut-dressing---hero-image.jpg?profile=rss" width="1200"><media:title>thai-crunch-salad-with-peanut-dressing---hero-image</media:title><media:text>Thai Crunch Salad With Peanut Dressing (Hero Image)</media:text></media:content></item><item><title><![CDATA[Lemon Butter Chicken Cutlets]]></title><description/><link>https://delishably.com/recipes/lemon-butter-chicken</link><guid isPermaLink="true">https://delishably.com/recipes/lemon-butter-chicken</guid><category><![CDATA[Chicken]]></category><category><![CDATA[Recipes]]></category><category><![CDATA[Dinner Recipes]]></category><category><![CDATA[Weeknight Dinners]]></category><dc:creator><![CDATA[Felicia Garrett]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Wed, 08 Jul 2026 03:02:42 GMT</pubDate><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Lemon butter chicken is one of those dinners that looks like it took more effort than it did, which makes it perfect for a weeknight dinner. The cutlets cook fast, the sauce comes together in the same pan, and the whole thing stays bright with lemon, garlic, and parsley. Serve it with pasta, rice, potatoes, or a simple salad and dinner feels done.</p><figure>
                        
                        <img src="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY4MzI3/lemon-butter-chicken-cutlets---ingredients.jpg?profile=rss" height="675" width="504">
                        
                    </figure>
                    <h2>What to Serve With</h2><ul><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/creamy-mashed-potatoes-recipe">Creamy Mashed Potatoes</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/greek-lemon-potatoes">Greek Lemon Potatoes</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/sauteed-broccoli-garlic-lemon">Broccoli With Garlic and Red Pepper Flakes</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/maple-soy-roasted-carrots-and-onion">Maple Soy-Roasted Carrots and Onion</a></li></ul><h2>Expert Tips</h2><ul><li>Pound the chicken to an even thickness so the thinner ends do not dry out before the centers are done.</li><li>Let excess egg drip off before the chicken goes into the pan or the coating can slide and form soft spots.</li></ul><h2>Substitutions</h2><ul><li>All purpose flour can be replaced with gluten-free all purpose flour.</li><li>Chopped parsley can be replaced with chopped fresh basil for a different herb note that still fits the lemon butter sauce.</li></ul><h2>FAQs</h2><h3>Why is my coating falling off?</h3><p>Too much moisture on the chicken or overcrowding the pan usually causes it. Keep the cutlets thin, coated evenly, and fry in a single layer.</p><h3>How do I know the sauce is thick enough?</h3><p>It should reduce enough to lightly coat the back of a spoon and cling to the chicken instead of looking watery.</p><h3>Can I make it ahead for guests?</h3><p>Yes. Fry the chicken first, then reheat it in the sauce just before serving so the coating stays in better shape.</p><h2>Storage</h2><p>Store cooled chicken and sauce in an airtight container in the refrigerator for up to 3 days. Reheat in a covered skillet over low heat with a splash of chicken broth if the sauce tightens up. It freezes fairly well for up to 2 months, though the coating softens some after thawing.</p><h3>Ingredients</h3><ul><li>2 boneless skinless chicken breasts</li><li>3/4 cup all purpose flour</li><li>1/2 teaspoon paprika</li><li>1/2 teaspoon garlic powder</li><li>1 1/4 teaspoons kosher salt</li><li>1/2 teaspoon black pepper</li><li>3 eggs</li><li>2 tablespoons water</li><li>1/3 cup olive oil</li></ul><ol><li>On a cutting board, slice \u003cstrong\u003e2 boneless, skinless chicken breasts\u003c/strong\u003e horizontally into 4 thin pieces. Place each piece between 2 sheets of plastic wrap and pound with the flat side of a meat mallet or rolling pin until evenly thin.</li><li>In a shallow bowl, combine \u003cstrong\u003e3/4 cup all purpose flour\u003c/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003e1/2 teaspoons paprika\u003c/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003e1/2 teaspoon garlic powder\u003c/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003e1 1/4 teaspoons kosher salt\u003c/strong\u003e, and \u003cstrong\u003e1/2 teaspoon pepper\u003c/strong\u003e. Stir until mixed, then set aside.</li><li>In a shallow bowl, whisk together \u003cstrong\u003e3 eggs\u003c/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003e2 tbsp water\u003c/strong\u003e until smooth.</li><li>Dredge each chicken cutlet in the \u003cstrong\u003eflour mixture\u003c/strong\u003e, then dip it in the \u003cstrong\u003eeggs\u003c/strong\u003e mixture.</li><li>In a large pan over medium-high heat, heat \u003cstrong\u003e1/3 cup olive oil\u003c/strong\u003e. Add the chicken in a single layer and cook for 3 to 4 minutes per side. Transfer the chicken to a plate and cook the remaining chicken.</li><li>Wipe the pan clean with paper towels and set it over medium heat. Add \u003cstrong\u003e4 tablespoons butter\u003c/strong\u003e. Once melted, add \u003cstrong\u003e2 tablespoons minced garlic \u003c/strong\u003eand cook for 1 to 2 minutes, until fragrant.</li><li>Add \u003cstrong\u003e2 1/2 cups chicken broth, 4 tablespoons lemon juice, 2 tablespoons chopped parsley, 1/2 teaspoon salt, and 1/4 teaspoon pepper.\u003c/strong\u003e Simmer for 1 minute, then return the chicken to the pan. Increase the heat slightly and simmer for 6 to 8 minutes, until the chicken is cooked through and the sauce has thickened slightly. Transfer the chicken to a plate and spoon the sauce over the top.</li><li>Transfer the chicken to a plate and spoon the sauce over the top.</li></ol>]]></content:encoded></item><item><title><![CDATA[Soy-Ginger Pork Tenderloin]]></title><description/><link>https://delishably.com/recipes/soy-ginger-pork-tenderloin</link><guid isPermaLink="true">https://delishably.com/recipes/soy-ginger-pork-tenderloin</guid><category><![CDATA[Asian]]></category><category><![CDATA[Weeknight Dinners]]></category><category><![CDATA[Pork Recipes]]></category><category><![CDATA[Dinner Recipes]]></category><category><![CDATA[Recipes]]></category><dc:creator><![CDATA[Shannon Barden]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Tue, 07 Jul 2026 23:34:06 GMT</pubDate><enclosure url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY4MzUy/soy-ginger-pork-tenderloin-hero-image.jpg?profile=rss" length="119373" type="false"/><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>This is the kind of make-ahead pork tenderloin I like to have in the fridge because it gives you more than one meal. The soy sauce seasons the meat, garlic and ginger add just enough warmth, and the oven does the rest. Slice it for dinner with rice or vegetables, then use the leftovers for sandwiches, salads, or quick bowls later.</p><figure>
                        
                        <img src="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY4MzMz/roasted-soy-ginger-pork-tenderloin---ingredients.jpg?profile=rss" height="675" width="504">
                        
                    </figure>
                    <h2>What to Serve With</h2><ul><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/basmati-rice-pilaf">Basmati Rice Pilaf</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/sauteed-broccolini-garlic">Garlic Lemon Broccolini</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/creamy-mashed-potatoes-recipe">Creamy Mashed Potatoes</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/crispy-roasted-potatoes">Crispy Roasted Potatoes</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/peach-chutney">Peach Chutney</a></li></ul><h2>Expert Tips</h2><ul><li>Use a thermometer in the thickest part of the larger tenderloin. That is the easiest way to keep the meat juicy instead of guessing by time alone.</li><li>Slice across the grain after resting. Thin slices stay more tender, especially if you are serving the pork later or using leftovers.</li><li>If your tenderloins are especially small, start checking earlier so they do not drift past 145 F.</li></ul><h2>Substitutions</h2><ul><li>Neutral oil can be swapped with avocado oil if that is what you keep on hand. The flavor stays mild and the marinade behaves the same way.</li><li>Ground ginger can be replaced with 1 teaspoon freshly grated ginger for a sharper ginger note and a slightly brighter finish.</li><li>Soy sauce can be replaced with tamari if needed. The roast will stay savory with a similar color and texture.</li></ul><h2>FAQs</h2><h3>Can I marinate the pork longer than overnight?</h3><p>Yes. Up to 24 hours is fine. Past that, the soy sauce can start to firm up the exterior too much.</p><h3>What internal temperature should pork tenderloin reach?</h3><p>Cook it to 145 F in the thickest part, then let it rest before slicing. That keeps it cooked through without drying it out.</p><h3>Can I use pork loin instead of tenderloin?</h3><p>Not for the same timing. Pork loin is larger and less tender, so it needs a different cook time and can dry out if treated the same way.</p><h3>Can I serve this cold?</h3><p>Yes. Thin slices are good chilled for sandwiches, rice bowls, or a simple lunch plate with vegetables and sauce.</p><h2>Storage</h2><p>Store sliced pork in an airtight container in the refrigerator for up to 4 days. Keep any pan juices with the meat so it stays moist when reheated. It freezes well for up to 2 months in a freezer-safe container or zip-top bag. Thaw in the refrigerator before reheating.</p><h3>Ingredients</h3><ul><li>2 pounds whole pork tenderloins</li></ul><ol><li>In a large zip-top bag or shallow dish, combine \u003cstrong\u003e2 tablespoons soy sauce\u003c/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003e2 tablespoons neutral oil\u003c/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003e1 to 2 minced garlic cloves\u003c/strong\u003e, and \u003cstrong\u003e1/2 tsp ground ginger\u003c/strong\u003e. Add \u003cstrong\u003e2 lb whole pork tenderloins\u003c/strong\u003e and turn to coat well. Marinate in the refrigerator overnight, turning once if possible.</li><li>Remove the pork from the refrigerator about 30 minutes before roasting. Heat the oven to 375 F.</li><li>Roast the pork tenderloins until the thickest part reaches 145 F on an instant-read thermometer, about 25 to 40 minutes, depending on thickness. Let rest for at least 3 minutes before slicing.</li></ol>]]></content:encoded><media:thumbnail height="675" url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY4MzUy/soy-ginger-pork-tenderloin-hero-image.jpg?profile=rss" width="1200"/><media:content height="675" medium="image" type="" url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY4MzUy/soy-ginger-pork-tenderloin-hero-image.jpg?profile=rss" width="1200"><media:title>soy-ginger-pork-tenderloin-hero-image</media:title><media:text>soy ginger pork tenderloin hero image</media:text></media:content></item><item><title><![CDATA[When to Salt Steak Before Cooking]]></title><description><![CDATA[The best time to salt steak depends on the cut. Thin steaks like skirt and flank need quick seasoning or a marinade, while thicker cuts like ribeye, New York strip, filet mignon, sirloin, and oyster blade benefit from a longer dry brine. Salting steak sounds simple, but this is where a lot of ...]]></description><link>https://delishably.com/recipes/when-to-salt-steak-before-cooking</link><guid isPermaLink="true">https://delishably.com/recipes/when-to-salt-steak-before-cooking</guid><category><![CDATA[Steak]]></category><category><![CDATA[Summer]]></category><category><![CDATA[Grilling Recipes]]></category><category><![CDATA[More Recipes]]></category><category><![CDATA[Recipes]]></category><category><![CDATA[Dinner Recipes]]></category><category><![CDATA[Fourth of July Recipes]]></category><dc:creator><![CDATA[Felicia Garrett]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Tue, 07 Jul 2026 22:52:06 GMT</pubDate><enclosure url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY4MzM4/steaks.jpg?profile=rss" length="297247" type="false"/><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>The best time to salt steak depends on the cut. Thin steaks like skirt and flank need quick seasoning or a marinade, while thicker cuts like ribeye, New York strip, filet mignon, sirloin, and oyster blade benefit from a longer dry brine.</p><p>Salting steak sounds simple, but this is where a lot of people get steak wrong. Not every cut should be treated the same way. A thin, fibrous <a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/skirt-steak-tacos">skirt steak</a> does not need the same salting method as a thick ribeye, and using the wrong timing can make it harder to get the crust you want.</p><p>The basic rule is this: thin steaks that cook hot and fast are best salted right before cooking or marinated ahead of time. Thicker steaks benefit from being salted in advance, uncovered in the refrigerator, so the salt has time to season the meat and dry the surface.</p><h2>The Quick Guide to Salting Steak</h2><div><table><thead><th></th><th></th><th></th></thead><tbody><tr><td><p>Steak Cut</p></td><td><p>When to Salt</p></td><td><p>Best Method</p></td></tr><tr><td><p><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/skirt-steak-tacos">Skirt steak</a></p></td><td><p>Right before cooking, or use a marinade</p></td><td><p>Cook very hot and very fast</p></td></tr><tr><td><p><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/grilled-flank-steak-caprese">Flank steak</a></p></td><td><p>Right before cooking, or use a marinade</p></td><td><p>Cook very hot and very fast</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Sirloin steak</p></td><td><p>2 to 24 hours ahead</p></td><td><p>Dry brine uncovered in the refrigerator</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>New York strip </p></td><td><p>2 to 24 hours ahead</p></td><td><p>Dry brine uncovered in the refrigerator</p></td></tr><tr><td><p><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/grilled-filet-mignon-with-garlic-butter">Filet mignon</a></p></td><td><p>2 to 24 hours ahead</p></td><td><p>Dry brine uncovered in the refrigerator</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Oyster blade steak</p></td><td><p>2 to 24 hours ahead</p></td><td><p>Dry brine uncovered in the refrigerator</p></td></tr><tr><td><p><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/grilled-ribeye-steaks-with-garlic-butter">Ribeye steak</a></p></td><td><p>2 to 24 hours ahead</p></td><td><p>Dry brine uncovered in the refrigerator</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h2>When to Salt Skirt and Flank Steak</h2><p>Skirt and <a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/grilled-filet-mignon-with-garlic-butter">flank steaks</a> are thinner, fibrous cuts with a more pronounced grain. They are best cooked quickly over very high heat, then sliced thinly against the grain.</p><p>These cuts do not need the same long dry-brining treatment as thicker steaks. They benefit more from a marinade, which can add flavor and help season the surface before a fast sear. If you are not marinating skirt or flank steak, salt it right before it goes on the grill or into the pan.</p><p>The goal with both cuts is high heat, quick cooking, and a good slice. Overthinking the salt timing will not help as much as getting the cooking method right.</p><h2>When to Salt Ribeye, New York Strip, Filet Mignon, Sirloin, and Oyster Blade Steak</h2><p>Ribeye, New York strip, <a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/grilled-filet-mignon-with-garlic-butter">filet mignon</a>, sirloin, and oyster blade steaks benefit from salting ahead of time, especially when they are thick enough to sear hard without overcooking.</p><p>For these cuts, sprinkle the steak generously on all sides with kosher salt, place it on a rack that allows air to circulate around the meat, and refrigerate it uncovered for 2 to 24 hours. Overnight is ideal when you have the time.</p><p>This method gives the salt enough time to do its job. It seasons the meat more deeply and helps create a drier surface, which is what you want for a better crust.</p><h2>Why Dry Brining Works</h2><p>When salt first hits the steak, it draws moisture to the surface. Given enough time, that moisture dissolves the salt and forms a natural brine. The steak then reabsorbs that brine, which helps season the meat from the inside instead of just sitting on the surface.</p><p>That timing matters. If you salt a thicker steak and cook it too soon, the moisture may still be sitting on the outside of the meat. A wet surface makes it harder to get a good sear because the steak has to dry out before it can brown.</p><p>For <a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/grilled-ribeye-steaks-with-garlic-butter">ribeye</a>, New York strip, filet mignon, sirloin, oyster blade, and other thicker beef cuts, avoid salting in the middle window before cooking. Salt pulls moisture to the surface, and if the steak goes into the pan or onto the grill before that moisture has time to reabsorb, it can interfere with a proper sear.</p><p>That is why the middle window can be tricky. If you do not have at least 2 hours, it is usually better to salt right before cooking than to salt 30 or 45 minutes ahead.</p><h2>How to Dry-Brine Steak</h2><ul><li>Sprinkle the steak generously on all sides with kosher salt. Place it on a rack that allows air to circulate around the meat, then refrigerate uncovered for 2 to 24 hours.</li><li>Remove the steak from the refrigerator 60 minutes before cooking to bring it closer to room temperature. Pat it dry with paper towels, then cook over high heat until the outside is well browned and the center reaches your preferred doneness.</li><li>You do not need to rub the steak with olive oil before cooking. A dry surface is the point. If you are grilling, make sure the grates are clean and hot before the steak goes on.</li></ul><h2>Best Salt for Steak</h2><p>Kosher salt is the best choice for salting steak before cooking. It is easier to sprinkle evenly than fine table salt and gives you better control.</p><p>Use flaky sea salt only after cooking, if you want a little finishing crunch.</p><h2>What Happens If You Salt Steak Too Late?</h2><ul><li>If you salt a thick steak shortly before cooking, the salt will pull moisture to the surface without giving it enough time to be reabsorbed. That leaves the outside of the steak wet, which can interfere with browning.</li><li>For thicker steaks, either salt right before cooking or give the steak enough time to dry-brine properly. The in-between window is where most people run into trouble.</li></ul><h2>Related Steak Recipes</h2><p>Once you know when to salt the cut you are cooking, use these recipes as a starting point.</p><ul><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/grilled-ribeye-steaks-with-garlic-butter">Grilled Ribeye Steaks With Garlic Butter</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/grilled-five-spice-steak">Grilled Skirt Steak</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/grilled-flank-steak-caprese">Grilled Flank Steak Caprese</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/grilled-five-spice-steak">Grilled Five-Spice Skirt Steak</a></li></ul>]]></content:encoded><media:thumbnail height="675" url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY4MzM4/steaks.jpg?profile=rss" width="1200"/><media:content height="675" medium="image" type="" url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY4MzM4/steaks.jpg?profile=rss" width="1200"><media:title>steaks</media:title></media:content></item><item><title><![CDATA[Tomato Melon Salad With Mint]]></title><description/><link>https://delishably.com/recipes/tomato-melon-salad-2</link><guid isPermaLink="true">https://delishably.com/recipes/tomato-melon-salad-2</guid><category><![CDATA[Summer]]></category><category><![CDATA[Recipes]]></category><category><![CDATA[Fourth of July Recipes]]></category><category><![CDATA[Salads]]></category><dc:creator><![CDATA[Felicia Garrett]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Mon, 06 Jul 2026 18:29:51 GMT</pubDate><enclosure url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY4MzA4/tomato-melon-salad-with-mint---hero-image.jpg?profile=rss" length="134527" type="false"/><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>This is the kind of salad I want on the table when it’s hot out and dinner needs something fresh, easy, and cold. Sweet <a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/how-to-pick-the-best-watermelon">watermelon</a> and cantaloupe are so good with ripe tomatoes and salty feta, while the balsamic and lime add just enough sharpness to keep the whole bowl bright. Toss it gently right before serving so the melon stays pretty and the salad doesn’t get watery.</p><figure>
                        
                        <img src="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY4MzA3/tomato-melon-salad-with-mint---ingredients.jpg?profile=rss" height="675" width="504">
                        
                    </figure>
                    <h2>What to Serve With</h2><ul><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/grilled-chicken-breasts-with-simple-marinade">Grilled Chicken Breasts With Simple Marinade</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/miso-maple-roasted-salmon">Miso-Maple Roasted Salmon</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/marinated-skirt-steak">Marinated Skirt Steak</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/lemon-dijon-baked-chicken-thighs-recipe">Lemon Dijon Baked Chicken Thighs Recipe</a></li></ul><h2>Expert Tips</h2><ul><li>Cut the melon into similar bite-size pieces so the salad is easier to serve and the dressing spreads evenly.</li><li>Start by tossing lightly once the dressing goes in. Overmixing can crack the feta and make the bowl watery.</li><li>Taste after tossing. Depending on how sweet the melon is, the salad may need another small squeeze of lime or a pinch of salt.</li><li>Use cold melon and cold feta so the salad stays crisp when dressed.</li><li>If your watermelon is especially juicy, let the cubes sit on a towel-lined tray for a few minutes before assembling the salad.</li></ul><h2>Substitutions</h2><ul><li>Lime zest and lime juice can be swapped for lemon zest and lemon juice if you want a slightly softer citrus edge.</li><li>Feta cheese can be replaced with goat cheese for a creamier texture and a tangier finish.</li><li>Sweet onion can be left out if you want a cleaner, fruit-forward salad with less bite.</li></ul><h2>FAQs</h2><h3>Can I make this salad ahead?</h3><p>Yes. Prep the fruit, tomatoes, onion, and dressing a few hours ahead, then toss with feta and mint right before serving for the best texture.</p><h3>What kind of balsamic works best here?</h3><p>Use a standard balsamic vinegar, not a thick glaze. A glaze can make the salad too sweet and heavy.</p><h3>How do I keep the salad from getting watery?</h3><p>Use chilled fruit, drain any excess juice from the cutting board, and wait to dress the salad until close to serving.</p><h3>Can I leave out the onion?</h3><p>Yes. The salad still tastes balanced without it, especially if your melon is very ripe and your feta is nice and salty.</p><h2>Storage</h2><p>Store leftovers in an airtight container in the refrigerator for up to 1 day. The melon will release more liquid as it sits, so stir once before serving again. This salad does not freeze well; the fruit softens and the feta loses its texture after thawing.</p><h3>Ingredients</h3><ul><li>1/4 cup extra virgin olive oil</li><li>2 tablespoons balsamic vinegar</li><li>1 teaspoon lime zest</li><li>1 lime juiced</li><li>2 teaspoons kosher salt</li><li>1/2 teaspoon black pepper</li><li>4 cups watermelon cubes, from a seedless watermelon</li><li>4 cups cantaloupe cubes</li><li>1 cup cherry tomatoes, halved</li><li>2 tablespoons sweet onion, diced</li><li>1 cup feta cheese, crumbled</li><li>1/4 cup mint, rough chopped</li></ul><ol><li>In a small bowl, stir together \u003cstrong\u003e1/4 cup extra virgin olive oil\u003c/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003e2 tbsp balsamic vinegar\u003c/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003e1 tsp lime zest\u003c/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003ejuice\u003c/strong\u003e from \u003cstrong\u003e1 lime juice\u003c/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003e2 tsp kosher salt\u003c/strong\u003e, and \u003cstrong\u003e1/2 tsp black pepper\u003c/strong\u003e until combined.</li><li>In a large bowl, add \u003cstrong\u003e4 cups watermelon cubes\u003c/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003e4 cups cantaloupe cubes\u003c/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003e1 cup cherry tomatoes\u003c/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003e2 tbsp sweet onion\u003c/strong\u003e, and \u003cstrong\u003e1 cup feta cheese\u003c/strong\u003e. Stir gently to combine.</li><li>In the large bowl, toss the salad with the dressing until lightly coated.</li><li>Sprinkle \u003cstrong\u003e1/4 cup mint\u003c/strong\u003e over the salad and serve.</li></ol>]]></content:encoded><media:thumbnail height="675" url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY4MzA4/tomato-melon-salad-with-mint---hero-image.jpg?profile=rss" width="1200"/><media:content height="675" medium="image" type="" url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY4MzA4/tomato-melon-salad-with-mint---hero-image.jpg?profile=rss" width="1200"><media:title>tomato-melon-salad-with-mint---hero-image</media:title><media:text>Tomato Melon Salad With Mint (Hero Image)</media:text></media:content></item><item><title><![CDATA[How to Pick the Best Watermelon, Plus an Easy Watermelon Salad]]></title><description/><link>https://delishably.com/recipes/how-to-pick-the-best-watermelon</link><guid isPermaLink="true">https://delishably.com/recipes/how-to-pick-the-best-watermelon</guid><category><![CDATA[Salads]]></category><category><![CDATA[More Recipes]]></category><category><![CDATA[Recipes]]></category><category><![CDATA[Summer]]></category><category><![CDATA[Fourth of July Recipes]]></category><dc:creator><![CDATA[Felicia Garrett]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Mon, 06 Jul 2026 18:09:12 GMT</pubDate><enclosure url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTk4NDU0OTA4NjgzMjk4NjQ1/how-to-pick-a-watermelon-her-image.jpg?profile=rss" length="33488125" type="false"/><content:encoded><![CDATA[<h1>How to Pick the Best Watermelon</h1><p>A good watermelon does most of the work in a summer salad. When the fruit is sweet, juicy, and properly ripe, you do not need much more than crisp cucumber, salty feta, fresh mint, and a little lemon to turn it into something worth serving all season.</p><p>The trick is choosing the right melon before you start cutting. The outside will not tell you everything, but it does give you a few useful clues. Use a few signs together, and you have a much better chance of bringing home a watermelon that is sweet, juicy, and sturdy enough for salad.</p><h2>Look for a Creamy Yellow Field Spot</h2><p>The field spot is the pale patch on one side of the watermelon where it sat on the ground as it grew.</p><p>A good field spot should be creamy yellow or buttery yellow. That usually means the melon had enough time to ripen before it was picked. A white or very pale green spot can be a sign that the watermelon was harvested too early.</p><h2>Choose One That Feels Heavy for Its Size</h2><p>A good watermelon should feel heavier than it looks. Pick up a few that are similar in size and choose the one that feels the heaviest.</p><p>Watermelon is mostly water, so weight is one of the easiest clues that the inside is juicy. A melon that feels light for its size may be dry, underripe, or past its best.</p><h2>Tap It and Listen</h2><ul><li>Give the watermelon a firm tap with your knuckles.</li><li>A ripe watermelon usually has a deep, hollow sound. A flat or dull sound can mean the melon is underripe, overripe, or less juicy inside.</li><li>The tap test is not foolproof, but it is helpful when you use it with the field spot and weight.</li></ul><h2>Check the Rind</h2><ul><li>The rind should be firm, hard, and dull rather than shiny. A shiny rind can be a sign the watermelon is underripe.</li><li>Skip any melon with soft spots, deep cracks, bruises, leaking, or mushy areas. Small surface scratches are usually fine, but the watermelon should feel solid all the way around.</li></ul><h2>Look for an Even Shape</h2><ul><li>Choose a watermelon that is round or oval and evenly shaped. Odd lumps, dents, or flat areas can mean it grew unevenly, which may affect the texture inside.</li><li>The shape does not need to be perfect, but it should look balanced and feel firm.</li></ul><h2>What About Webbing?</h2><ul><li>Brown web-like lines or rough patches on the rind are usually harmless. Some people use them as a sign of sweetness, but they are not as reliable as weight, the field spot, and sound.</li><li>A little webbing is fine. Softness, cracks, or leaking are the signs to avoid.</li></ul><h2>Quick Checklist for Picking a Watermelon</h2><p>The best watermelon usually has:</p><ul><li>A creamy yellow field spot</li><li>A heavy feel for its size</li><li>A deep, hollow sound when tapped</li><li>A firm, dull rind</li><li>An even shape</li><li>No soft spots, cracks, or leaking</li></ul><h2>Watermelon Cucumber Feta Salad</h2><p>Sweet watermelon, crisp cucumber, salty feta, and fresh mint make an easy summer salad with lemon and olive oil.</p><p>This is the kind of salad that depends on simple ingredients doing their jobs. The watermelon should be cold and juicy, the cucumber should add crunch, and the feta should bring enough salt to balance the sweetness. Lemon zest and juice keep it bright, while mint makes the whole bowl feel fresh without needing a heavy dressing.</p><figure>
                        
                        <img src="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY4MzAx/watermelon-cucumber-feta-salad---ingredients.jpg?profile=rss" height="675" width="504">
                        
                    </figure>
                    <h2>What to Serve With</h2><ul><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/grilled-chicken-breasts-with-simple-marinade">Grilled Chicken Breasts With Simple Marinade</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/miso-maple-roasted-salmon">Miso-Maple Roasted Salmon</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/marinated-skirt-steak">Marinated Skirt Steak</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/lemon-dijon-baked-chicken-thighs-recipe">Lemon Dijon Baked Chicken Thighs Recipe</a></li></ul><h2>Tips for the Best Watermelon Salad</h2><ul><li>Use cold watermelon. The salad tastes best when the watermelon is fully chilled before cutting.</li><li>Slice the red onion thinly. A little onion goes a long way, so keep the slices delicate enough to blend into the salad.</li><li>Add the feta and mint close to serving. This keeps the salad fresh and prevents the feta from breaking down too much.</li><li>Do not overdress it. Watermelon releases juice as it sits, so a little lemon and olive oil are enough.</li></ul><h2>How to Store Watermelon</h2><p>A whole watermelon can sit at room temperature for a day or two if you plan to cut it soon. For longer storage, keep it in the refrigerator if you have space.</p><p>Once cut, wrap watermelon tightly or store it in an airtight container in the refrigerator. Cut watermelon is best within 3 to 4 days.</p><h2>The Easiest Rule to Remember</h2><p>When in doubt, choose the watermelon that feels heavy and has a creamy yellow field spot. Those two signs are the best place to start, especially when you are standing in front of a whole bin and every melon looks the same.</p><h3>Ingredients</h3><ul><li>1/2 watermelon, cubed</li><li>1 Persian cucumber, sliced</li><li>1/4 small red onion, thinly sliced</li><li>1/2 cup crumbled feta</li><li>1/4 cup fresh mint leaves, torn or thinly sliced</li><li>zest of 1 lemon </li><li>2 tablespoons fresh lemon juice</li><li>2 tablespoons olive oil</li><li>salt and freshly cracked black pepper, to taste</li></ul><ol><li>Add the cubed watermelon, sliced cucumber, and thinly sliced red onion to a large serving bowl.</li><li>Sprinkle the feta, mint, and lemon zest over the top.</li><li>Drizzle with the lemon juice and olive oil, then season lightly with salt and freshly cracked black pepper.</li><li>Toss gently, just until everything is combined. Taste and add more feta, mint, lemon juice, or salt as needed.</li><li>Serve right away, or chill briefly before serving.</li></ol>]]></content:encoded><media:thumbnail height="675" url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTk4NDU0OTA4NjgzMjk4NjQ1/how-to-pick-a-watermelon-her-image.jpg?profile=rss" width="1012"/><media:content height="675" medium="image" type="" url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTk4NDU0OTA4NjgzMjk4NjQ1/how-to-pick-a-watermelon-her-image.jpg?profile=rss" width="1012"><media:title>how-to-pick-a-watermelon-her-image</media:title><media:text>how to pick a watermelon her image</media:text></media:content></item><item><title><![CDATA[Key Lime Ice Cream Sandwich Bars]]></title><description/><link>https://delishably.com/recipes/key-lime-bars</link><guid isPermaLink="true">https://delishably.com/recipes/key-lime-bars</guid><category><![CDATA[Summer]]></category><category><![CDATA[Fourth of July Recipes]]></category><category><![CDATA[Dessert Recipes]]></category><category><![CDATA[Ice Cream]]></category><category><![CDATA[Recipes]]></category><dc:creator><![CDATA[Felicia Garrett]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 02 Jul 2026 17:03:50 GMT</pubDate><enclosure url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY4Mjgw/key-lime-ice-cream-sandwich-bars---hero-image.jpg?profile=rss" length="105954" type="false"/><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>These are exactly the kind of dessert you want in the freezer before a summer party. The lime filling is creamy, bright, and tucked between two crisp graham cracker layers, so the bars are easy to cut, easy to hold, and fun to eat. They’re make-ahead, no-bake, and especially perfect for the Fourth of July or any warm-weather gathering.</p><figure>
                        
                        <img src="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY4Mjc5/key-lime-ice-cream-sandwich-bars---ingredients.jpg?profile=rss" height="675" width="504">
                        
                    </figure>
                    <h2>Related Recipes</h2><ul><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/lemonade-pie-graham-crust">No-Bake Lemonade Pie</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/peanut-buster-parfait-cake">Peanut Buster Parfait Ice Cream Cake</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/brown-butter-chocolate-chunk-cookies">Brown Butter Chocolate Chunk Cookies</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/chocolate-cream-pie">Chocolate Cream Pie</a></li></ul><h2>Expert Tips</h2><ul><li>Use the parchment overhang to lift the slab out in one piece, then warm the knife under hot water and wipe it dry between cuts for neater edges.</li><li>Let the bars freeze fully before slicing. If the center still has any softness, the layers will slide instead of cutting cleanly.</li><li>Wrap individual bars after the final freeze so dessert is already portioned and ready to grab from the freezer.</li></ul><h2>Substitutions</h2><ul><li>Key lime juice can be replaced with regular lime juice if that is what you have. The bars will be a little less sharp but still bright and balanced.</li><li>Salted butter can be replaced with unsalted butter. Add the optional crust salt if you want the same sweet-salty edge.</li></ul><h2>FAQs</h2><h3>Can I use regular limes instead of Key limes?</h3><p>Yes. Regular lime juice works well here. The flavor is a little less floral and slightly less tart, but the bars still set and slice the same way.</p><h3>Do I need a food processor for the crust?</h3><p>No. Crush the graham crackers in a zip-top bag with a rolling pin until very fine, then stir them with the melted butter.</p><h3>Why is my filling not holding firm enough?</h3><p>The whipped cream may have been underbeaten or the bars may need more freezer time. Beat to stiff peaks and freeze until the center is fully firm.</p><h3>Can I cut these smaller for a party tray?</h3><p>Yes. Once the slab is fully frozen, cut it into 12 or 16 smaller pieces for easier serving. A hot, dry knife gives the cleanest edges.</p><h2>Storage</h2><p>Store the bars in an airtight container in the freezer for up to 2 weeks, with parchment between layers if stacked. They do not need refrigerator storage and will soften too much there. These freeze very well, either as a whole slab wrapped tightly or as individually wrapped bars for easier serving.</p><h3>Ingredients</h3><ul><li>12 ounces graham crackers (about three sleeves)</li><li>1 1/2 cup salted butter, melted</li></ul><ol><li>In an 8-by-8-inch baking pan, line the pan with parchment paper, leaving overhang on 2 sides.</li><li>In a food processor, pulse \u003cstrong\u003e12 oz graham crackers\u003c/strong\u003e into fine crumbs. Add the \u003cstrong\u003e1.5 cup melted salted butter\u003c/strong\u003e, and pulse a few more times until evenly moistened.</li><li>In the prepared pan, press half of the graham mixture firmly into the bottom of the pan using the bottom of a measuring cup. Freeze for 20 to 30 minutes.</li><li>For the filling, beat\u003cstrong\u003e 2 cups heavy whipping cream\u003c/strong\u003e to stiff peaks. Add \u003cstrong\u003e14-oz can sweetened condensed milk\u003c/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003e1 tablespoon lime zest\u003c/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003e1/3 cup Key lime juice\u003c/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003e1 teaspoon vanilla extract\u003c/strong\u003e, and \u003cstrong\u003e1/4 teaspoon kosher salt\u003c/strong\u003e, and mix until combined.</li><li>Over the frozen crust, spread the filling in an even layer. Cover and freeze for 2 to 4 hours, or until firm.</li><li>Over the frozen filling, sprinkle the remaining graham mixture evenly. Using the bottom of a measuring cup, press firmly to form a compact top crust.</li><li>Cover and freeze for two hours. Lift from the pan and cut into 9 bars. For the cleanest handheld bars, freeze the cut bars again for 30 to 60 minutes before serving or wrapping.</li></ol>]]></content:encoded><media:thumbnail height="675" url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY4Mjgw/key-lime-ice-cream-sandwich-bars---hero-image.jpg?profile=rss" width="1200"/><media:content height="675" medium="image" type="" url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY4Mjgw/key-lime-ice-cream-sandwich-bars---hero-image.jpg?profile=rss" width="1200"><media:title>key-lime-ice-cream-sandwich-bars---hero-image</media:title><media:text>Key Lime Ice Cream Sandwich Bars (Hero Image)</media:text></media:content></item><item><title><![CDATA[How to Grill Corn on the Cob (With or Without Husk)]]></title><description/><link>https://delishably.com/recipes/grilled-corn-cob</link><guid isPermaLink="true">https://delishably.com/recipes/grilled-corn-cob</guid><category><![CDATA[Fourth of July Recipes]]></category><category><![CDATA[Recipes]]></category><category><![CDATA[Grilling Recipes]]></category><category><![CDATA[Side Dishes]]></category><category><![CDATA[Vegetables]]></category><category><![CDATA[More Recipes]]></category><category><![CDATA[Corn]]></category><category><![CDATA[Summer]]></category><dc:creator><![CDATA[Felicia Garrett]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Wed, 01 Jul 2026 18:39:31 GMT</pubDate><enclosure url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY4Mjcz/grilled-corn-with-and-without-husks-hero-image.jpg?profile=rss" length="133420" type="false"/><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Corn on the cob is one of those summer sides that always deserves a spot on the grill. It’s simple, fast, and goes with almost anything, but the method you choose changes the way it eats. Leaving the husk on gently steams the corn while it picks up a little smoke from the grill. Removing the husk gives the kernels direct heat, more caramelization, and that classic grilled-corn flavor.</p><p>Both methods work well. Choose husk-on for softer, juicier corn, and husk-off for more char and smoky flavor.</p><h2>Quick Guide</h2><p><strong>Grill Heat:</strong> Medium to medium-high<br><strong>Time:</strong> 8 to 15 minutes<br><strong>Best for tender corn:</strong> Grill with the husk on<br><strong>Best for charred corn:</strong> Grill without the husk</p><h2>Grilling Corn in the Husk</h2><p>Grilling corn in the husk is the gentler method. The husk protects the kernels from direct heat, so the corn cooks through without drying out. It is a good choice when you want juicy, tender corn with just a little smoky flavor.</p><p>To grill corn this way, pull back the husks, remove the silk, then fold the husks back over the ears. Place the corn on a medium grill and cook for 12 to 15 minutes, turning occasionally, until the kernels are tender.</p><p>Corn grilled in the husk will be soft, juicy, and lightly smoky, with very little char. It is especially good when the corn is very fresh and sweet because the method lets the natural flavor come through.</p><h2>Grilling Corn Without the Husk</h2><p>Grilling corn without the husk gives you more flavor from the grill. The kernels sit directly over the heat, so they brown, blister, and char in spots. This method is better when you want a stronger grilled flavor and a little more texture.</p><p>Remove the husks and silk completely, then lightly coat the corn with oil or melted butter. Grill over medium-high heat for 8 to 10 minutes, turning every few minutes, until the corn is tender and charred in spots.</p><p>Corn grilled without the husk has more caramelization, a firmer bite, and a smokier flavor. Watch it closely, since the natural sugars in corn can brown quickly over direct heat.</p><h2>Should You Grill Corn With or Without the Husk?</h2><p>Use the husk-on method when you want softer, juicier kernels and less char. Use the husk-off method when you want smoky edges, caramelization, and corn that can stand up to butter, lime, cheese, chili powder, or other toppings.</p><p>For a little of both, start the corn in the husk until it is mostly tender, then pull the husks back and finish the corn directly on the grill for a few minutes.</p><figure>
                        
                        <img src="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY4MjY5/grilled-corn-on-the-cob---ingredients.jpg?profile=rss" height="675" width="504">
                        
                    </figure>
                    <h2>What to Serve With Grilled Corn</h2><p>Grilled corn works with almost any summer meal, from burgers and steak to chicken, ribs, fish tacos, salads, and cookout sides.</p><ul><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/grilled-cheeseburgers-toasted-buns">Grilled Cheeseburgers</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/grilled-flank-steak-caprese">Grilled Flank Steak Caprese</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/grilled-bbq-chicken">Grilled BBQ Chicken</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/bbq-baby-back-ribs">BBQ Baby Back Ribs</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/grilled-fish-tacos">Grilled Fish Tacos With Lime Crema</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/easy-cookout-salads-and-sides">Easy Cookout Salads and Sides</a></li></ul><h2>Expert Tips</h2><ul><li>If the husks are dry and brittle, peel them back slowly so they do not tear off before you can fold them back over the corn.</li><li>For husk-free corn, turn it every 2 to 3 minutes so the kernels char in spots without drying out.</li><li>Start with a light hand on the salt and pepper, then add more after the butter or lime goes on so the seasoning sticks better.</li><li>The husk-on method is best when the corn is especially fresh because it keeps the kernels plump and juicy.</li><li>The husk-off method is the better pick if you want smoky edges and topping-friendly corn.</li></ul><h2>Substitutions</h2><ul><li>Neutral oil can be swapped with melted butter if you want a richer finish and a little more browning on husk-free corn.</li><li>Lime wedges can be replaced with a light squeeze of lemon for a sharper citrus note.</li><li>Grated cheese can be left off for a simpler side, or you can use a salty hard cheese for a more savory finish.</li></ul><h2>FAQs</h2><h3>Which method is better for sweeter corn?</h3><p>Husk-on is usually the better choice. It traps steam and keeps the kernels plump, so the natural sweetness stands out more.</p><h3>How do I know when grilled corn is done?</h3><p>The kernels should look bright, feel tender when pierced, and give a little when pressed. Husk-free corn should also have light char in spots.</p><h3>Can I grill corn ahead of time?</h3><p>Yes. Grill it a few hours ahead, then reheat and finish with butter and seasonings right before serving.</p><h3>Do I need to soak the corn first?</h3><p>No. For these methods, soaking is not necessary. Fresh corn cooks well as written whether you leave the husk on or remove it.</p><h2>Storage</h2><p>Store leftover grilled corn in an airtight container in the refrigerator for up to 3 days. Remove the kernels from the cob if that saves space or makes reheating easier. Reheat in a skillet, microwave, or wrapped in foil on the grill until hot. It freezes reasonably well once cut from the cob, though the texture softens a bit after thawing.</p><h2>Related Guides</h2><ul><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/how-to-grill-burgers">How to Grill Juicy Burgers</a></li></ul><h3>Ingredients</h3><ul><li>4 ears fresh corn</li><li>1 to 2 tablespoons neutral oil or melted butter, optional</li><li>Salt, to taste</li><li>Freshly ground black pepper, to taste</li><li>Butter, herbs, lime wedges, chili powder, or grated cheese</li></ul><ol><li>Heat the grill to medium.</li><li>Pull back the husks from \u003cstrong\u003e4 ears fresh corn\u003c/strong\u003e without removing them completely. Remove the silk, then fold the husks back over the corn.</li><li>Place the corn on the grill and cook for 12 to 15 minutes, turning occasionally, until the kernels are tender.</li><li>Let the corn cool slightly, then pull back or remove the husks. Season with \u003cstrong\u003ebutter, salt\u003c/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003epepper\u003c/strong\u003e, and any toppings you like.</li><li>Heat the grill to medium-high. </li><li>Remove the husks and silk from \u003cstrong\u003e4 ears fresh corn\u003c/strong\u003e. Lightly brush the corn with \u003cstrong\u003e1 to 2 tbsp neutral oil\u003c/strong\u003e.</li><li>Place the corn directly on the grates and grill for 8 to 10 minutes, turning every few minutes, until tender and lightly charred on all sides.</li><li>Remove from the grill and season with \u003cstrong\u003ebutter\u003c/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003esalt\u003c/strong\u003e,\u003cstrong\u003e pepper\u003c/strong\u003e, and any toppings you like. </li></ol>]]></content:encoded><media:thumbnail height="675" url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY4Mjcz/grilled-corn-with-and-without-husks-hero-image.jpg?profile=rss" width="1200"/><media:content height="675" medium="image" type="" url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY4Mjcz/grilled-corn-with-and-without-husks-hero-image.jpg?profile=rss" width="1200"><media:title>grilled-corn-with-and-without-husks-hero-image</media:title><media:text>Grilled Corn (With and Without Husks) Hero Image</media:text></media:content></item><item><title><![CDATA[Ground Beef Udon Stir-Fry]]></title><description/><link>https://delishably.com/recipes/beef-udon-stir-fry</link><guid isPermaLink="true">https://delishably.com/recipes/beef-udon-stir-fry</guid><category><![CDATA[Beef]]></category><category><![CDATA[30-Minute Meals]]></category><category><![CDATA[Skillet Recipes for Weeknights]]></category><category><![CDATA[Recipes]]></category><category><![CDATA[Dinner Recipes]]></category><dc:creator><![CDATA[Felicia Garrett]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Tue, 30 Jun 2026 23:02:16 GMT</pubDate><enclosure url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY4MjU0/beef-udon-stir-fry-hero-image.jpg?profile=rss" length="216759" type="false"/><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>This is the kind of noodle dinner I make when I want something fast, filling, and a little more interesting than the usual ground beef skillet. The sauce is simple but does a lot: soy sauce, rice vinegar, brown sugar, sriracha, and sesame oil cook down until they cling to the beef, cabbage, and chewy udon noodles. I like the red cabbage here because it gives the whole dish color, body, and just enough crunch to keep it from feeling too heavy. Start light on the kosher salt, then taste at the end since the soy sauce brings plenty of seasoning on its own.</p><h2>What to Serve With</h2><ul><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/spicy-sesame-cucumber-salad">Spicy Sesame Cucumber Salad</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/quick-pickled-radishes-with-beets-and-peppercorns">Quick Pickled Radishes with Beets and Peppercorns</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/air-fryer-shishito-peppers-capers">Air Fryer Shishito Peppers</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/sauteed-baby-bok-choy">Baby Bok Choy With Tamari and Sesame</a></li></ul><h2>Expert Tips</h2><ul><li>Let the beef sit undisturbed for a minute or 2 at the start so it browns instead of steaming.</li><li>If the skillet looks dry after draining the beef, add just enough neutral oil to coat the pan before the garlic and ginger go in.</li><li>Keep the cabbage at a quick sizzle. If the heat is too low, it will give off water and soften before it picks up any flavor.</li><li>If the noodles are packed tightly, separate them in the sauce a little at a time so they do not tear into short pieces.</li><li>Start very light on salt here and finish seasoning at the end. Between the soy sauce and the reduced sauce, it does not usually need much more.</li></ul><h2>Substitutions</h2><ul><li>Use chili garlic sauce in place of sriracha. The heat lands a little sharper and the sauce may be slightly thicker.</li><li>Swap low-sodium soy sauce for tamari if needed. The flavor stays close, though the finished dish can taste a little deeper and less sweet.</li><li>Replace red cabbage with green cabbage. It softens a bit more and gives the stir-fry a milder cabbage flavor.</li></ul><h2>FAQs</h2><h3>Can I use dried udon instead of fresh?</h3><p>Yes. Cook it separately until just shy of done, then add it to the skillet and toss in the sauce so it finishes there.</p><h3>How do I keep the sauce from getting too salty?</h3><p>Use low-sodium soy sauce and wait until the end to adjust seasoning. As the sauce reduces, the salt becomes more concentrated.</p><h3>Can I make the sauce ahead?</h3><p>Yes. Whisk it together up to 2 days ahead and refrigerate it in a jar or covered container. Shake or stir before using.</p><h3>What if my sauce gets too thick?</h3><p>Add a small splash of water and toss over low heat until the noodles loosen and the sauce turns glossy again.</p><h2>Storage</h2><p>Store leftovers in an airtight container in the refrigerator for up to 4 days. Reheat in a skillet over medium heat with a small splash of water to loosen the sauce, or microwave in short bursts, stirring between each. This dish freezes fairly well for up to 2 months, though the cabbage softens more after thawing.</p><h3>Ingredients</h3><ul><li>1 pound ground beef</li><li>kosher salt and freshly cracked black pepper, to taste</li><li>neutral oil, as needed</li><li>4 cups red cabbage, thinly sliced </li><li>4 cloves garlic, minced</li><li>2 teaspoons freshly grated ginger</li><li>2 packages fresh udon noodles</li><li>2  green onions, thinly sliced, for garnish</li></ul><ol><li>In a small bowl, whisk together \u003cstrong\u003e1/2 cup low-sodium soy sauce\u003c/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003e2 tbsp rice vinegar\u003c/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003e1 tbsp brown sugar\u003c/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003e2 tsp sriracha\u003c/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003e1 tsp freshly cracked black pepper\u003c/strong\u003e, and \u003cstrong\u003e2 tsp sesame oil\u003c/strong\u003e. Set aside.</li><li>In a large skillet over medium-high heat, cook the \u003cstrong\u003e1 lb ground beef\u003c/strong\u003e, seasoning lightly with \u003cstrong\u003ekosher salt and freshly cracked black pepper\u003c/strong\u003e and breaking it up as it browns. Remove beef from the skillet and drain any excess fat.  </li><li>In the same skillet, add a small drizzle of \u003cstrong\u003eneutral oil\u003c/strong\u003e if needed, then add \u003cstrong\u003e4 cloves minced garlic\u003c/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003e2 tsp freshly grated ginger\u003c/strong\u003e, and \u003cstrong\u003e4 cups red cabbage\u003c/strong\u003e. Cook for 3 to 5 minutes, until the cabbage begins to soften.</li><li>Return the beef to the skillet and pour in the sauce. Simmer for 5 to 10 minutes, until the sauce reduces slightly and coats the beef and cabbage.</li><li>Add \u003cstrong\u003e2 packages fresh udon noodles\u003c/strong\u003e and toss until the noodles are loosened, coated in sauce, and heated through. </li><li>Remove from the heat, finish with \u003cstrong\u003ethe sliced green onions\u003c/strong\u003e, and serve hot.</li></ol>]]></content:encoded><media:thumbnail height="670" url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY4MjU0/beef-udon-stir-fry-hero-image.jpg?profile=rss" width="1200"/><media:content height="670" medium="image" type="" url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY4MjU0/beef-udon-stir-fry-hero-image.jpg?profile=rss" width="1200"><media:title>beef-udon-stir-fry-hero-image</media:title><media:text>Beef Udon Stir Fry Hero Image</media:text></media:content></item><item><title><![CDATA[Sticky Beef Coconut Curry Bowls]]></title><description/><link>https://delishably.com/recipes/sticky-beef-bowls</link><guid isPermaLink="true">https://delishably.com/recipes/sticky-beef-bowls</guid><category><![CDATA[30-Minute Meals]]></category><category><![CDATA[Bowl Meal Recipes]]></category><category><![CDATA[Recipes]]></category><category><![CDATA[Weeknight Dinners]]></category><category><![CDATA[Dinner Recipes]]></category><category><![CDATA[Beef]]></category><dc:creator><![CDATA[Felicia Garrett]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Mon, 29 Jun 2026 20:48:41 GMT</pubDate><enclosure url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY4MjM2/sticky-beef-coconut-curry-bowls-hero-image.jpg?profile=rss" length="166680" type="false"/><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>I love a dinner bowl that feels built, not fussy. This one starts with a quick coconut curry broth, then adds sticky beef that’s savory, a little sweet, and just spicy enough. The rice makes it filling, the cucumber keeps it fresh, and the chili oil and sesame seeds bring everything together at the end.</p><figure>
                        
                        <img src="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY4MjI3/sticky-beef-coconut-curry-bowls---ingredients.jpg?profile=rss" height="675" width="504">
                        
                    </figure>
                    <h2>What to Serve With</h2><ul><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/spicy-sesame-cucumber-salad">Spicy Sesame Cucumber Salad</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/quick-pickled-red-onions">Quick Pickled Red Onions</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/homemade-garlic-naan">Garlic Naan</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/coconut-ginger-jasmine-rice">Coconut Ginger Jasmine Rice</a></li></ul><h2>Expert Tips</h2><ul><li>Let the beef brown for a minute or two before stirring too much. That gives you better color and deeper flavor than constant breaking and moving.</li><li>Whisk the curry paste into the coconut milk well at the start so you do not end up with concentrated pockets of heat in the broth.</li><li>Stir the cornstarch slurry right before it goes into the skillet. It settles fast, and a quick stir keeps the sauce thickening evenly.</li><li>If the beef gets too tight after thickening, splash in a spoonful of warm broth from the saucepan to loosen it without dulling the flavor.</li><li>The broth and beef are both well seasoned, so start with a modest amount of broth in each bowl and add more as you eat.</li></ul><h2>Substitutions</h2><ul><li>Ground beef can be replaced with ground turkey, but the finished bowl will be a little leaner and less rich.</li><li>Beef broth can be replaced with chicken broth if that is what you have on hand; the broth will taste a little lighter.</li><li>Cucumber can be replaced with thinly sliced radishes for a sharper, crisper finish.</li></ul><h2>FAQs</h2><h3>Can I make the broth ahead?</h3><p>Yes. Make the broth up to 2 days ahead and refrigerate it in a sealed container. Reheat it over low heat and whisk before serving if it separates a bit.</p><h3>Why is my sauce not thickening?</h3><p>The skillet may not be hot enough, or the slurry may have settled. Stir the slurry again, add it to a simmering pan, and cook for 1 to 2 minutes while stirring.</p><h2>Storage</h2><p>Store the beef, broth, rice, and toppings in separate airtight containers in the refrigerator for up to 4 days. The beef and broth reheat well on the stove or in the microwave. Rice can be reheated with a splash of water. Cucumber is best sliced fresh. The beef and broth freeze well for up to 2 months; thaw in the refrigerator before reheating.</p><h3>Ingredients</h3><ul><li>1 can full-fat unsweetened coconut milk</li><li>1 tablespoon sesame oil</li><li>3 tablespoons red curry paste</li><li>2 cups beef broth or beef bone broth</li><li>3 cloves garlic, minced</li><li>1 tablespoon fresh ginger, minced</li><li>1 tablespoon soy sauce</li><li>1 tablespoon gochujang, optional</li><li>juice of 1 lime</li></ul><ol><li>In a small saucepan over medium heat, warm 1 tablespoon sesame oil. Add 3 tablespoons red curry paste, 3 minced garlic cloves, and 1 tablespoon minced fresh ginger, and cook for about 1 minute, stirring often, until fragrant.</li><li>Stir in 1 can unsweetened coconut milk, 2 cups beef broth or beef bone broth, 1 tablespoon soy sauce, and 1 tablespoon gochujang, if using. Bring the broth to a gentle boil, then reduce the heat and simmer for 10 minutes. Stir in the juice of 1 lime and keep warm.</li><li>In a large skillet over medium-high heat, cook 1 pound ground beef with 1 small diced white onion, 1 tablespoon minced garlic, and 1 tablespoon minced fresh ginger, breaking up the beef as it browns. Drain excess fat if needed.</li><li>In a small bowl, stir together 4 tablespoons soy sauce, 1 tablespoon oyster sauce, 1 tablespoon honey, and 1/2 tablespoon sriracha, if using. Pour the sauce over the beef mixture and bring it to a simmer.</li><li>In a small bowl, stir 1 tablespoon cornstarch with 1 tablespoon water to make a slurry. Pour the slurry into the beef mixture and cook, stirring, until the sauce thickens and coats the beef.</li><li>Divide 4 cups cooked jasmine rice among 4 bowls. Ladle the warm coconut curry broth around the rice, then top with the sticky beef. Finish with sliced cucumber, green onions, chili oil or chili crisp, black sesame seeds, and lime wedges.</li></ol>]]></content:encoded><media:thumbnail height="670" url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY4MjM2/sticky-beef-coconut-curry-bowls-hero-image.jpg?profile=rss" width="1200"/><media:content height="670" medium="image" type="" url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY4MjM2/sticky-beef-coconut-curry-bowls-hero-image.jpg?profile=rss" width="1200"><media:title>sticky-beef-coconut-curry-bowls-hero-image</media:title><media:text>Sticky Beef Coconut Curry Bowls (Hero Image)</media:text></media:content></item><item><title><![CDATA[How to Grill Burgers (Juicy Every Time) Times, Temps + Chart]]></title><description/><link>https://delishably.com/recipes/how-to-grill-burgers</link><guid isPermaLink="true">https://delishably.com/recipes/how-to-grill-burgers</guid><category><![CDATA[Dinner Recipes]]></category><category><![CDATA[Recipes]]></category><category><![CDATA[Fourth of July Recipes]]></category><category><![CDATA[Beef]]></category><category><![CDATA[Grilling Recipes]]></category><category><![CDATA[Burger]]></category><category><![CDATA[More Recipes]]></category><category><![CDATA[Summer]]></category><dc:creator><![CDATA[Wally Anders]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Wed, 03 Jun 2026 21:28:51 GMT</pubDate><enclosure url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY3NzU5/grilled-burgers-on-toasted-buns.jpg?profile=rss" length="250218" type="false"/><content:encoded><![CDATA[<h2>Intro</h2><p>Grilling burgers seems easy until the patties stick to the grates, puff up in the middle, dry out, or look browned outside while still being undercooked inside. The good news is that burgers become much more predictable once you know a few basics: use the right beef, shape the patties gently, start with a hot clean grill, and check doneness with a thermometer instead of guessing.</p><p>This guide focuses on a simple gas-grill method for classic beef burgers, with a section on charcoal below. You will learn what to buy, how to shape the patties, what grill temperature to use, when to flip, how long burgers usually take, and how to avoid the most common problems before dinner starts feeling harder than it should.</p><h2>Quick Answer: How to Grill Burgers</h2><p>To grill burgers, preheat a gas grill to medium-high heat, about 375–400°F. Use 80/20 ground beef, shape the meat gently into patties slightly wider than the buns, and press a shallow dimple into the center of each patty. Season the outside with salt and pepper right before grilling.</p><p>Here is the basic method:</p><ul><li>Place the burgers over direct heat.</li><li>Let the first side sear without moving the patties too soon.</li><li>Flip once when the burgers release easily from the grates.</li><li>Use time as a guide, not the final answer.</li><li>Check the thickest part of each burger with an instant-read thermometer.</li><li>Cook ground beef to 160°F for food safety.</li><li>Add cheese during the last 30–60 seconds if making cheeseburgers.</li><li>Toast the buns briefly, move the burgers to a clean plate, rest for a few minutes, and serve.</li></ul><p>Cook time will vary by patty thickness, grill heat, and whether the burgers are fresh or frozen, so the thermometer matters more than the timer.</p><h2>What You Need</h2><p>For classic grilled burgers, you do not need much. The most important tools are a hot grill, a sturdy spatula, a clean plate for cooked burgers, and an instant-read thermometer.</p><figure>
                        
                        <img src="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY3NzQ3/grilled-burgers-on-a-gas-grill---ingredients.jpg?profile=rss" height="675" width="504">
                        
                    </figure>
                    <h2>Equipment</h2><ul><li>Gas grill</li><li>Grill brush or scraper</li><li>Oil for the grates</li><li>Sturdy spatula</li><li>Instant-read thermometer</li><li>Clean plate or platter for cooked burgers</li></ul><p>Use a separate clean plate for finished burgers, not the plate that held the raw patties. That small step keeps the grilling process simple, safe, and organized.</p><h2>The Best Beef for Grilled Burgers</h2><p>For classic grilled burgers, 80/20 ground beef is the best default choice. That means the beef is about 80% lean meat and 20% fat, which gives the burger enough fat to stay juicy on the grill without needing a complicated mix of ingredients.</p><p>Leaner beef can work, but it is less forgiving. A very lean patty dries out faster, especially over direct heat, and it gives you less room for error if the burgers cook a minute or two longer than planned. If you are new to grilling burgers, 80/20 beef gives you a better safety net.</p><p>Keep the meat simple. Salt and pepper are enough for a classic grilled burger, and the seasoning should go on the outside of the patty right before grilling. Avoid overmixing the beef or packing it tightly. The more you work the meat, the denser the burger can become.</p><p>Fresh patties usually give you the most control, but frozen patties can also be grilled when needed. If you use store-bought frozen patties, follow the package directions, give them extra time, and still check them with a thermometer before serving.</p><h2>How to Shape Burger Patties</h2><p>Divide the beef into even portions before shaping so the burgers cook at about the same pace. For a standard burger, gently form each portion into a patty that is slightly wider than the bun. Burgers shrink as they cook, so starting a little wider helps the finished patty fit the bun better.</p><p>Handle the meat lightly. You want the patty to hold together, but you do not want to compress it into a hard disk. Press the edges together just enough to keep the shape even, then make a shallow dimple in the center of each patty with your thumb or the back of a spoon.</p><p>That small dimple helps the burger cook more evenly and keeps it from puffing up too much in the middle. It does not need to be deep. A slight indentation is enough.</p><p>Season the outside of the patties with salt and pepper just before they go on the grill. If you want to use another seasoning blend, keep it simple and sprinkle it on the outside rather than mixing a lot of ingredients into the beef. For a basic grilled burger, the goal is a loose, evenly shaped patty that can sear well and stay juicy.</p><h2>What Temperature Should the Grill Be for Burgers?</h2><p>For gas-grilled burgers, preheat the grill to medium-high heat, about 375–400°F. This range is hot enough to sear the outside of the patties, but it is still manageable for beginners who want time to flip, check doneness, and avoid burning the outside before the center is cooked.</p><p>Some grills run hotter or cooler than their built-in thermometer suggests, so treat the number as a guide. A range of about 350–400°F can still work depending on patty thickness, grill style, and how often the lid is opened. Thicker patties may need slightly gentler heat so the outside does not brown too quickly before the center reaches a safe temperature.</p><p>Use direct heat for the main cooking. On a gas grill, that means the burgers go over the lit burners. Close the lid between checks to help the grill hold steady heat, but open it as needed if flare-ups happen or if the burgers are cooking too quickly.</p><p>Very high heat can make dramatic grill marks, but it is less forgiving. For most home cooks, medium-high heat gives better control: a browned outside, a burger that releases cleanly from the grates, and enough time for the thickest part of the patty to reach 160°F.</p><h2>How to Grill Burgers Step by Step</h2><h3>Step 1: Preheat the grill</h3><p>Preheat a gas grill to medium-high heat, about 375–400°F. Give the grill enough time to get hot before the burgers go on. A properly preheated grill helps the patties sear instead of sitting on lukewarm grates and sticking.</p><h3>Step 2: Clean and oil the grates</h3><p>Use a grill brush or scraper to clean the grates. Then lightly oil the grates with a high-heat cooking oil, using an oil-soaked paper towel held with tongs. The goal is not to make the grates greasy, just to give the burgers a cleaner surface and reduce sticking.</p><figure>
                        
                        <img src="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY3NzU3/grill-grates-being-lightly-oiled-with-tongs-before-cooking-burgers.jpg?profile=rss" height="675" width="900">
                        
                    </figure>
                    <h3>Step 3: Shape and season the patties</h3><p>Shape the burgers gently, making each patty slightly wider than the bun. Press a shallow dimple into the center of each one. Season the outside with salt and pepper right before grilling.</p><figure>
                        
                        <img src="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY3NzYw/raw-burger-patties-shaped-with-shallow-center-dimples.jpg?profile=rss" height="675" width="900">
                        
                    </figure>
                    <h3>Step 4: Place the burgers over direct heat</h3><p>Put the patties over direct heat, leaving enough room between them to flip cleanly. Once they are on the grill, leave them alone for the first few minutes. Moving them too soon is one of the easiest ways to make them stick or tear.</p><h3>Step 5: Let the first side sear</h3><p>Let the first side cook until the burger releases easily from the grates. If it resists when you slide the spatula underneath, give it another minute. A burger that is ready to flip should lift without a fight.</p><h3>Step 6: Flip once</h3><p>Flip the burgers once, using a firm spatula. If your grill has hot spots, rotate the patties as needed, but avoid flipping them over and over just to check them. The goal is steady cooking, not constant fussing.</p><p>Do not press the burgers with the spatula. Pressing pushes out juices and can also cause flare-ups when fat drips into the flames.</p><h3>Step 7: Add cheese near the end</h3><p>If you are making cheeseburgers, add cheese during the final 30–60 seconds of cooking. Close the lid briefly to help it melt, but keep an eye on the burgers so they do not overcook.</p><h3>Step 8: Check the internal temperature</h3><p>Use an instant-read thermometer to check the thickest part of each burger. Ground beef should reach 160°F for food safety. If the patties are different sizes or your grill has hot spots, check more than one burger. Time can help you plan, but temperature should make the final decision.</p><figure>
                        
                        <img src="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY3NzYx/grilled-burger-at-160f.jpg?profile=rss" height="675" width="900">
                        
                    </figure>
                    <h3>Step 9: Toast the buns</h3><p>Toast the buns briefly on the grill, cut side down. Use a cooler part of the grill if the buns are browning too fast. They only need a short time to pick up a little warmth and texture.</p><h3>Step 10: Rest and serve</h3><p>Move the burgers to a clean plate and let them rest for a few minutes before serving. Then build the burgers with cheese, buns, and toppings.</p><h2>How to Grill Burgers on a Charcoal Grill</h2><p>To grill burgers on a charcoal grill, light a chimney of charcoal and wait until the coals are covered in light gray ash, about 15–20 minutes. Pour the coals onto one side of the grill to create a two-zone fire: a hot direct side for searing and a cooler side with no coals for safety. Clean and oil the grates, then cook the burgers over the coals for 4–5 minutes per side, flipping once.</p><p>The two-zone setup is the main difference from gas. Charcoal runs hotter and less evenly, and you cannot turn a knob to fix it. If burgers brown too fast or fat drips cause flare-ups, slide the patties to the cool side and let them finish over indirect heat. The dimple, the single flip, and the no-pressing rule all work the same as on gas.</p><p>Grill with the lid on for most of the cook. A closed lid controls airflow, keeps the coals burning steadily, and helps thicker patties cook through before the outside chars. Use the vents to manage heat: open vents burn hotter, partially closed vents calm the fire down. Open the lid to flip, check temperature, or manage a flare-up.</p><p>Timing runs close to gas, about 4–5 minutes per side for a 4-ounce patty, but coals vary more than burners, so trust the thermometer over the clock. As always, cook ground beef to 160°F, add cheese in the last 30–60 seconds, and rest the burgers a few minutes before serving.</p><h2>How Long to Grill Burgers (Time Chart)</h2><p>Burger cook times vary by patty thickness, grill temperature, fresh versus frozen patties, and how often the lid is opened. Use this chart as a guide, not a guarantee. The final check should always be internal temperature.</p><div><table><thead><th>Patty Type</th><th>Approximate Time</th><th>Notes</th></thead><tbody><tr><td><p>Thin fresh patty</p></td><td><p>3–4 minutes per side</p></td><td><p>Check early so it does not overcook</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>4-ounce fresh patty</p></td><td><p>4–5 minutes per side</p></td><td><p>A common size for backyard burgers</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>6-ounce fresh patty</p></td><td><p>5–6 minutes per side</p></td><td><p>May need slightly gentler heat if browning too fast</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Frozen patty</p></td><td><p>6–7 minutes per side</p></td><td><p>Follow package directions and check with a thermometer</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Cheese</p></td><td><p>Final 30–60 seconds</p></td><td><p>Close the lid briefly to melt</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><p>These times assume a gas grill set around medium-high heat, about 375–400°F. If the outside is browning too quickly while the center is not done, lower the heat slightly or move the burgers to a cooler part of the grill.</p><h2>How to Tell When Burgers Are Done</h2><p>The safest way to tell when burgers are done is to use an instant-read thermometer. <a href="https://www.fsis.usda.gov/food-safety/safe-food-handling-and-preparation/food-safety-basics/safe-temperature-chart">For ground beef, the internal temperature should reach 160°F.</a> Insert the thermometer into the thickest part of the burger. For thinner patties, it can help to insert the thermometer from the side so the probe reaches the center.</p><p>If you choose to cook to other doneness levels, here are the standard internal temperatures and approximate times for a 3/4-inch, 4-ounce patty:</p><div><table><thead><th>Doneness</th><th>Internal Temperature</th><th>Approximate Time</th></thead><tbody><tr><td><p>Rare</p></td><td><p>120–125°F</p></td><td><p>2–3 minutes per side</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Medium-rare</p></td><td><p>130–135°F</p></td><td><p>3–4 minutes per side</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Medium</p></td><td><p>140–145°F</p></td><td><p>4 minutes per side</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Medium-well</p></td><td><p>150–155°F</p></td><td><p>4–5 minutes per side</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Well done</p></td><td><p>160°F+</p></td><td><p>5 minutes per side</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><p>Keep in mind that the USDA recommends cooking all ground beef to 160°F, since grinding distributes bacteria throughout the meat rather than leaving it only on the surface. Doneness levels below 160°F carry some risk, especially for children, older adults, pregnant women, and anyone with a weakened immune system.</p><p>Do not rely on color alone. A burger can look brown before it is fully cooked, and the center can still need more time. Grill marks and juices can give clues, but they are not as reliable as a thermometer.</p><p>If one burger reaches temperature before the others, move it to a clean plate while the rest finish. Burgers do not always cook at the exact same pace, especially if the grill has hot spots or the patties are slightly different sizes.</p><h2>How to Keep Burgers From Sticking</h2><p>Burgers usually stick for one of four reasons: the grill was not hot enough, the grates were dirty, the grates were not lightly oiled, or the burgers were moved too soon. Fix those, and grilling becomes much calmer.</p><p>Start with a fully preheated grill. For gas-grilled burgers, medium-high heat, about 375–400°F, gives the patties enough heat to sear when they hit the grates. A cold or only-warm grill can make the meat cling instead of release.</p><p>Clean the grates before cooking, then oil them lightly. Use a grill brush or scraper to remove stuck-on bits from the last cook. To oil the grates, use a folded paper towel dipped in a little high-heat oil and hold it with tongs, or use your usual safe grill-oiling method. The grates should be lightly coated, not dripping.</p><p>Once the burgers are on the grill, leave them alone long enough to sear. Do not keep nudging, lifting, or checking the underside. When the first side is ready, the burger should release more easily. If the patty fights the spatula, give it another minute.</p><p>A firm, thin-edged spatula helps, too. Slide it under the burger in one clean motion instead of scraping at the edges. If the patty still tears, the grill may not have been hot enough, the grates may not have been clean, or the burger may have been flipped too early.</p><h2>What is the 5-6-7 rule for burgers?</h2><p>The 5-6-7 rule for burgers means 5 minutes on the first side, 6 minutes on the second side, and 7 minutes of resting off the grill. Some grillers instead use it to mean 5, 6, or 7 minutes per side depending on doneness.</p><p>Either way, treat it as a rough guide, not a rule. Grill heat, patty thickness, lid use, and hot spots all change how quickly burgers cook. For beginners, the better approach is to use time as a loose guide and temperature as the final check. For ground beef, cook the burger to 160°F for food safety.</p><h2>Common Burger Grilling Mistakes</h2><h3>Using beef that is too lean</h3><p>Very lean beef can dry out quickly on the grill. For classic grilled burgers, 80/20 ground beef is the best default because it gives the patty enough fat to stay juicy.</p><h3>Overworking the meat</h3><p>Mixing, squeezing, or packing the beef too tightly can make the burgers dense. Shape the patties gently and handle them only as much as needed.</p><h3>Forgetting the center dimple</h3><p>A shallow dimple in the center of each patty helps reduce puffing as the burger cooks. It does not need to be deep. A small indentation is enough.</p><h3>Starting on a cold grill</h3><p>A properly preheated grill helps the burger sear and release from the grates. Starting too soon makes sticking more likely and can lead to uneven cooking.</p><h3>Putting burgers on dirty grates</h3><p>Old bits of food on the grates can grab the patties and tear them when you flip. Clean the grates before cooking.</p><h3>Pressing burgers with the spatula</h3><p>Pressing burgers pushes out juices and can cause flare-ups when fat drips into the flames. Let the grill do the work.</p><h3>Flipping too often</h3><p>For beginners, flipping once is the simplest rule. Let the first side sear, flip when the burger releases easily, and rotate only if your grill has obvious hot spots.</p><h3>Guessing doneness</h3><p>Cook time is only an estimate. Use an instant-read thermometer and cook ground beef to 160°F.</p><h3>Adding cheese too early</h3><p>Cheese only needs the final 30–60 seconds. Add it too soon and it may melt off before the burger is done.</p><h3>Forgetting to toast the buns</h3><p>A quick toast gives the bun better texture and helps it hold up to the burger and toppings. Use a cooler part of the grill if the buns brown too fast.</p><h2>Troubleshooting</h2><h3>Burgers are dry</h3><p>The beef may have been too lean, the patties may have been too thin, or the burgers may have cooked too long. Pressing the patties with a spatula can also push out juices. Next time, use 80/20 ground beef, handle it gently, avoid pressing, and check doneness with a thermometer instead of cooking by time alone.</p><h3>Burgers are sticking</h3><p>The grill may not have been fully preheated, the grates may have been dirty, or the patties may have been moved too soon. Let the burgers sear until they release more easily. For the next batch, clean and lightly oil the grates before cooking.</p><h3>Burgers puff up in the middle</h3><p>Puffing usually happens when the patty was shaped without a center dimple or packed too tightly. Make a shallow indentation in the center of each patty before grilling and keep the meat loosely shaped.</p><h3>Burgers fall apart</h3><p>The patties may have been too loosely formed, flipped too early, or stuck to the grates. Shape each patty gently but firmly enough to hold together, preheat and clean the grill, and wait until the first side releases before flipping.</p><h3>Burgers burn outside but stay raw inside</h3><p>The heat is probably too high, the patties may be too thick, or the burgers may be sitting over an especially hot part of the grill. Lower the heat slightly or move the burgers to a cooler area of the grill so the center has time to cook before the outside gets too dark.</p><h3>Flare-ups happen</h3><p>Flare-ups can happen when fat drips onto the flames. Move the burgers away from the flare-up until it calms down. If flames keep climbing, move the burgers to a cooler part of the grill until the fire settles. Do not press the burgers, since that sends more fat into the fire. Keep the lid open while you manage the flare-up, then return to steadier cooking once the flames settle.</p><h2>Can You Grill Frozen Burgers?</h2><p>Yes, you can grill frozen burgers, but fresh patties usually give you more control over shaping, seasoning, and cooking. Frozen patties take longer, and they still need to reach a safe internal temperature before serving.</p><p>Cook frozen patties over medium-high heat and expect them to take longer than fresh burgers. A rough guide is about 6–7 minutes per side, but thickness and grill heat matter. If you are using packaged frozen patties, follow the package directions, and check the burgers with a thermometer before serving.</p><p>Seasoning may not stick well to a fully frozen patty. Let the burger cook for a minute or two, then season once the surface begins to thaw and hold the salt and pepper.</p><p>As with fresh burgers, do not rely only on time or color. Check the thickest part with an instant-read thermometer and cook ground beef to 160°F.</p><h2>FAQs</h2><h3>How long do you cook a burger on the grill?</h3><p>Most fresh burgers take about 3–6 minutes per side on a medium-high gas grill, depending on thickness. Thin patties may be done closer to 3–4 minutes per side, while thicker 6-ounce patties may need 5–6 minutes per side.</p><p>Use those times as a guide, not a guarantee. Grill heat, patty size, lid use, and hot spots all affect timing. The safest way to know a burger is done is to check the internal temperature with an instant-read thermometer. Ground beef should reach 160°F.</p><h3>How do you cook burgers on a gas grill?</h3><p>Preheat the gas grill to medium-high heat, about 375–400°F. Clean and lightly oil the grates, then place shaped and seasoned burger patties over direct heat. Let the first side sear without moving the patties too soon.</p><p>Flip once when the burgers release easily from the grates. Add cheese near the end if using, toast the buns briefly, and check the burgers with an instant-read thermometer. Move finished burgers to a clean plate and let them rest for a few minutes before serving.</p><h3>Should you grill burgers with the lid open or closed?</h3><p>For most gas-grilled burgers, closing the lid helps the grill hold steady heat and cook the burgers more evenly. This is especially helpful for thicker patties.</p><p>That said, you do not need to keep the lid closed every second. Open it when you need to flip, check temperature, add cheese, manage flare-ups, or move burgers away from a hot spot. If flare-ups happen, open the lid and move the burgers away from the flames until things calm down.</p><h3>How often should you flip burgers?</h3><p>For beginners, flipping once is the simplest method. Let the first side sear, then flip when the burger releases easily from the grates.</p><p>If your grill has hot spots, you can rotate the burgers as needed, but avoid flipping them repeatedly just to check them. Too much fussing can make the patties tear, stick, or cook unevenly.</p><h3>Should you press burgers while grilling?</h3><p>No. Do not press burgers with the spatula while they cook. Pressing pushes juices out of the patty and can cause flare-ups when fat drips into the flames.</p><p>Let the burgers sear, flip them once when they release easily, and use a thermometer to check doneness. That gives you a better chance of a juicy burger without sending extra fat into the fire.</p><h2>Conclusion</h2><p>A good grilled burger does not need a complicated method. Start with 80/20 ground beef, shape the patties gently, make a shallow center dimple, and cook them on a hot, clean, lightly oiled grill.</p><p>From there, keep the process simple: use medium-high heat, let the first side sear, flip once when the burger releases easily, avoid pressing, and check doneness with an instant-read thermometer. Cook ground beef to 160°F, add cheese near the end if you want it, toast the buns briefly, and let the burgers rest for a few minutes before serving.</p><p>Once you understand heat, timing, patty shape, and temperature, grilling burgers stops feeling like guesswork. It becomes a repeatable backyard method: hot grill, gentle patties, one clean flip, safe doneness, and a burger that lands on the bun the way it should.</p><figure>
                        
                        <img src="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY3NzU4/finished-cheeseburger-on-a-toasted-bun.jpg?profile=rss" height="675" width="900">
                        
                    </figure>
                    <h3>Ingredients</h3><ul><li>1 pound ground beef</li><li>1 teaspoon kosher salt</li><li>1/2 teaspoon black pepper</li><li>1/2 teaspoon garlic powder</li><li>4 burger buns</li><li>4 cheese slices</li></ul><ol><li>On a grill, heat to medium-high, 375–400°F. Clean and lightly oil the grates.</li><li>For the burgers, divide \u003cstrong\u003e1 lb ground beef\u003c/strong\u003e into 4 equal portions, about \u003cstrong\u003e4 oz\u003c/strong\u003e each. Shape each portion into a patty about 3/4 inch thick, then press a shallow thumbprint into the center of each patty.</li><li>Season both sides of the patties with \u003cstrong\u003e1 tsp kosher salt\u003c/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003e1/2 tsp black pepper\u003c/strong\u003e, and \u003cstrong\u003e1/2 tsp garlic powder\u003c/strong\u003e right before grilling.</li><li>On the hot grill, place the patties and cook for 4 to 5 minutes on the first side. Flip once and cook for 3 to 5 minutes more, depending on desired doneness.</li><li>During the last minute of cooking, top each patty with \u003cstrong\u003e4 cheese slices\u003c/strong\u003e and close the grill lid briefly to melt.</li><li>On the grill, place \u003cstrong\u003e4 burger buns\u003c/strong\u003e cut-side down and toast for 30 to 60 seconds, until lightly browned.</li><li>Let the burgers rest for 2 to 3 minutes. Assemble on the \u003cstrong\u003ebuns\u003c/strong\u003e with \u003cstrong\u003e4 leaves lettuce\u003c/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003e1 tomato\u003c/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003e1/2 onion\u003c/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003e12 slices pickles\u003c/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003e4 tbsp ketchup\u003c/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003e4 tsp mustard\u003c/strong\u003e, and \u003cstrong\u003e4 tbsp mayonnaise\u003c/strong\u003e, then serve.</li></ol>]]></content:encoded><media:thumbnail height="675" url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY3NzU5/grilled-burgers-on-toasted-buns.jpg?profile=rss" width="900"/><media:content height="675" medium="image" type="" url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY3NzU5/grilled-burgers-on-toasted-buns.jpg?profile=rss" width="900"><media:title>grilled-burgers-on-toasted-buns</media:title><media:text>Grilled burgers on toasted buns served beside a gas grill.</media:text></media:content></item><item><title><![CDATA[Chocolate Cream Pie]]></title><description/><link>https://delishably.com/recipes/chocolate-cream-pie</link><guid isPermaLink="true">https://delishably.com/recipes/chocolate-cream-pie</guid><category><![CDATA[Summer]]></category><category><![CDATA[Chocolate]]></category><category><![CDATA[Dessert Recipes]]></category><category><![CDATA[Pie]]></category><category><![CDATA[Recipes]]></category><category><![CDATA[Fourth of July Recipes]]></category><dc:creator><![CDATA[Felicia Garrett]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Mon, 01 Jun 2026 17:30:52 GMT</pubDate><enclosure url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY3NzQx/chocolate-cream-pie-hero-image.jpg?profile=rss" length="88943" type="false"/><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Chocolate cream pie has always been the dessert that quietly steals the show. This one earns it. You get a buttery, from-scratch crust with real snap to it, and a filling that's rich and dark without being too sweet. It sets up firm enough to slice cleanly, and tastes exactly like the kind of pie you'd find under a glass dome at a really good diner. The hardest part is waiting for it to chill.</p><figure>
                        
                        <img src="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY3NzM5/chocolate-cream-pie---ingredients.jpg?profile=rss" height="675" width="504">
                        
                    </figure>
                    <h2>What to Serve With</h2><ul><li><a href="https://delishably.com/beverages/classic-french-75-cocktail-recipe">Classic French 75 Batch Cocktail</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/beverages/espresso-martini-cocktail-pitcher">Espresso Martini Batch Cocktail</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/whipped-ricotta">Whipped Ricotta</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/magnolia-bakery-banana-pudding-recipe">Magnolia Bakery Banana Pudding Recipe</a></li></ul><h2>Expert Tips</h2><ul><li>Keep the crust fats cold from the start. If the butter or shortening softens too much while mixing, the baked crust will lose some flake.</li><li>When adding the ice water, stop as soon as the dough holds together when squeezed. Extra water can make the crust tougher.</li><li>Let the hot cream sit on the chopped chocolate for 1 minute before stirring. That short pause helps the chocolate melt evenly instead of turning grainy.</li><li>If the filling seems softer than expected, give it a full chill before slicing. I like to let chocolate cream pie rest overnight for the cleanest slices.</li></ul><h2>Substitutions</h2><ul><li>Heavy cream can be replaced with heavy whipping cream if that is what you have; the filling stays just as rich and sets similarly.</li><li>Bittersweet chocolate bars can be swapped with dark chocolate in the 70% range for a slightly less intense finish.</li><li>Vegetable shortening can be replaced with the same amount of cold unsalted butter in the crust, though the crust will be a little less flaky and a bit more fragile to handle.</li></ul><h2>FAQs</h2><h3>Can I make the crust ahead?</h3><p>Yes. The dough can be made and refrigerated for 2 days before rolling, or baked as a shell 1 day ahead once fully cooled.</p><h3>Why is my crust shrinking?</h3><p>Crust usually shrinks when the dough is overworked or not chilled long enough. Resting the dough and chilling the shaped crust both help it hold its edges.</p><h3>Can I use chocolate chips instead of chopped bars?</h3><p>You can, but bars melt more smoothly. Chocolate chips often contain stabilizers, so the filling may be slightly less silky.</p><h3>How do I get clean slices?</h3><p>Chill the pie until fully firm, then slice with a thin sharp knife wiped clean between cuts. Cold slices hold their shape best.</p><h2>Storage</h2><p>Cover the pie tightly or store slices in an airtight container in the refrigerator for up to 4 days. Keep the crust side protected from exposed air as much as possible so it stays firmer. This pie does not freeze especially well once filled, since the texture of the custard-like chocolate center can turn grainy after thawing.</p><h3>Ingredients</h3><ul><li>2 tablespoons unsalted butter, cold, cut into small cubes</li><li>8 tablespoons vegetable shortening, cold</li><li>2 tablespoons granulated sugar</li><li>3/4 teaspoon fine table salt</li><li>1 large egg yolk</li><li>1 3/4 cups all-purpose flour, spooned and leveled, plus more for dusting</li><li>4 tablespoons ice water</li></ul><ol><li>For the crust, combine \u003cstrong\u003e1 3/4 cups all-purpose flour, 2 tablespoons granulated sugar, and 3/4 teaspoon fine table salt\u003c/strong\u003e in a large mixing bowl. Use a pastry cutter, fork, or your fingers to work in \u003cstrong\u003e2 tablespoons cold unsalted butter\u003c/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003e8 tablespoons cold vegetable shortening \u003c/strong\u003euntil the mixture looks like coarse crumbs.</li><li>In a small bowl, lightly beat \u003cstrong\u003e1 large egg yolk\u003c/strong\u003e, then stir it into the flour mixture. Slowly add \u003cstrong\u003e4 tablespoons ice water\u003c/strong\u003e, mixing just until the dough starts to come together. Add more ice water, 1 tablespoon at a time, only if the dough is still dry and crumbly.</li><li>Turn the dough out onto a piece of plastic wrap, press it into a disc, and wrap it tightly. Chill for 30 to 45 minutes so the dough has time to relax and firm up before rolling.</li><li>Heat the oven to 375 F. On a lightly floured surface, roll the chilled dough into a round large enough to fit a 9-inch pie plate. Fit the dough into the pie plate, trim and crimp the edges, then chill for 10 minutes.</li><li>Line the crust with parchment and fill it with pie weights or dried beans. Bake for 15 minutes. Remove the parchment and weights, then bake 8 to 10 minutes more, until the crust is dry and lightly golden. Let the crust cool completely before adding the filling.</li><li>For the filling, heat \u003cstrong\u003e1 1/4 cups heavy cream\u003c/strong\u003e in a medium saucepan over medium heat until hot and just starting to steam. Remove from the heat, add \u003cstrong\u003e8 ounces chopped bittersweet chocolate\u003c/strong\u003e, and let it stand for 1 minute so the chocolate can soften. Stir until smooth.</li><li>In a large heatproof bowl, whisk \u003cstrong\u003e5 large eggs, 1 cup plus 2 tablespoons granulated sugar, 3 tablespoons dark cocoa powder, and 1/4 teaspoon fine table salt\u003c/strong\u003e until smooth. Slowly whisk in the warm chocolate mixture, then whisk in \u003cstrong\u003e15 tablespoons melted unsalted butter\u003c/strong\u003e and\u003cstrong\u003e 2 teaspoons pure vanilla extract\u003c/strong\u003e until fully combined.</li><li>Pour the chocolate filling into the cooled crust and smooth the top. Chill until fully set before slicing. </li><li>Once the pie is fully chilled and set, make the whipped cream. In a large bowl, beat \u003cstrong\u003e1 cup cold heavy cream, 2 tablespoons powdered sugar, and 1 teaspoon pure vanilla extract\u003c/strong\u003e until soft peaks form. Pipe or spread over the top of the pie. </li></ol>]]></content:encoded><media:thumbnail height="675" url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY3NzQx/chocolate-cream-pie-hero-image.jpg?profile=rss" width="1200"/><media:content height="675" medium="image" type="" url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY3NzQx/chocolate-cream-pie-hero-image.jpg?profile=rss" width="1200"><media:title>chocolate-cream-pie-hero-image</media:title><media:text>Chocolate Cream Pie Hero Image</media:text></media:content></item><item><title><![CDATA[Grilled Za’atar Chicken and Black Lentil Salad]]></title><description/><link>https://delishably.com/recipes/grilled-zaatar-chicken</link><guid isPermaLink="true">https://delishably.com/recipes/grilled-zaatar-chicken</guid><category><![CDATA[Chicken]]></category><category><![CDATA[Grilling Recipes]]></category><category><![CDATA[Summer]]></category><category><![CDATA[Recipes]]></category><category><![CDATA[Dinner Recipes]]></category><dc:creator><![CDATA[Shannon Barden]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Wed, 27 May 2026 15:44:55 GMT</pubDate><enclosure url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY3NzMz/grilled-zatar-chicken-with-lentils-hero-image.jpg?profile=rss&amp;x=91&amp;y=54" length="166681" type="false"/><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>This is the kind of meal I love for entertaining because it feels special without being fussy. The chicken gets marinated in garlicky za’atar yogurt, then grilled until juicy and charred in spots. Underneath, the black lentil salad is sturdy enough to make it feel like a full dinner, with radicchio, herbs, and a sharp red wine vinaigrette to keep everything bright. Add a final spoonful of garlic yogurt, and you have a platter that works just as well for a weekend cookout as it does for a casual dinner with friends.</p><figure>
                        
                        <img src="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY3NzM0/grilled-zatar-chicken-ingredients-image.jpg?profile=rss" height="675" width="504">
                        
                    </figure>
                    <h2>What to Serve With</h2><ul><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/greek-lemon-potatoes">Greek Lemon Potatoes</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/homemade-garlic-naan">Garlic Naan</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/panzanella-tuscan-bread-tomato-salad">Panzanella Tuscan Bread and Tomato Salad With Basil</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/watermelon-feta-salad-with-berries-mint-and-chile-lime">Watermelon Feta Salad With Berries, Mint, and Chile Lime</a></li></ul><h2>Expert Tips</h2><ul><li>Let the shallot sit in the vinaigrette while the lentils cool. That short rest takes off the raw edge and gives the dressing a rounder flavor.</li><li>Do not overcook the lentils. Once they split and go soft, the salad loses the contrast that makes the plate work.</li><li>Shake excess marinade off the chicken before it hits the grill so it chars instead of steaming and sticking.</li><li>Start by dressing the lentils lightly, then add more as needed. Warm or damp lentils can drink up more dressing than you expect.</li><li>Black lentils are worth using here because they hold their shape and do not turn soft as quickly as brown lentils.</li></ul><h2>Substitutions</h2><ul><li>Plain whole milk yogurt can be swapped with full-fat Greek yogurt for a thicker sauce and marinade; loosen it with 1 to 2 teaspoons water if needed.</li><li>Black lentils can be replaced with French green lentils if that is what you have; they stay fairly firm and keep the salad structured.</li><li>Radicchio can be replaced with red cabbage for a less bitter salad with more crunch.</li><li>Fresh oregano can be replaced with fresh parsley for a milder herbal finish that still keeps the salad bright.</li></ul><h2>FAQs</h2><h3>Can I cook the chicken without a grill?</h3><p>Yes. Cook it in a hot grill pan or under the broiler until charred in spots and the thickest part reaches 165 F.</p><h3>Can I make the lentil salad ahead?</h3><p>Yes. The salad can be made 1 day ahead and refrigerated. Toss again before serving and add a small spoonful of extra dressing if it looks dry.</p><h3>Why rinse the lentils after cooking?</h3><p>A quick rinse stops the cooking and washes off excess starch so the lentils cool faster. </p><h3>What if my dressing tastes too sharp?</h3><p>Add another small drizzle of olive oil or a small spoonful of honey, then toss again. </p><h2>Storage</h2><p>Store the chicken, lentil salad, and reserved garlic yogurt in separate airtight containers in the refrigerator for up to 4 days. The lentil salad holds especially well and can be served cold or at room temperature. Freeze the cooked chicken in a freezer-safe container for up to 2 months. Do not freeze the yogurt sauce.</p><h3>Ingredients</h3><ul><li>6 cloves garlic, minced</li><li>2 lemons, zested</li><li>1 cup plain whole milk yogurt</li><li>3 tablespoons olive oil</li><li>1 1/2 teaspoons za’atar</li><li>1 tablespoon chopped fresh oregano</li><li>1 1/2 teaspoons kosher salt</li><li>1/2 teaspoon freshly ground black pepper</li><li>2 to 3 pounds boneless, skinless chicken thighs</li><li>1/2 lemon, juiced</li><li>olive oil, for serving</li></ul><ol><li>For the garlic yogurt chicken, stir together \u003cstrong\u003e6 minced garlic cloves\u003c/strong\u003e, the \u003cstrong\u003ezest of 2 lemons\u003c/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003e1 cup plain whole-milk yogurt, 3 tablespoons olive oil, 1 1/2 teaspoons za’atar, 1 tablespoon chopped fresh oregano, 1 1/2 teaspoons kosher salt, and 1/2 teaspoon black pepper in a large bowl\u003c/strong\u003e. Transfer half of the garlic yogurt to a small bowl, cover, and refrigerate for serving.</li><li>Add \u003cstrong\u003e2 to 3 pounds boneless, skinless chicken thighs\u003c/strong\u003e to the remaining garlic yogurt and turn to coat well. Cover and refrigerate for at least 3 hours or up to overnight.</li><li>For the lentil salad, tie \u003cstrong\u003e6 fresh thyme sprigs and 3 fresh rosemary sprigs\u003c/strong\u003e together with kitchen twine. Add \u003cstrong\u003e1 1/2 cups dried black lentils\u003c/strong\u003e and the herb bundle to a large pot, then cover with water by 2 to 3 inches. Bring to a boil, reduce the heat, and simmer until the lentils are tender but still hold their shape, about 15 minutes.</li><li>Discard the herb bundle. Drain the lentils, rinse briefly with cold water, then spread them on a towel-lined sheet pan to cool and dry. Letting them dry a bit helps the vinaigrette cling instead of sliding off.</li><li>In a large bowl, whisk together \u003cstrong\u003e1/4 cup red wine vinegar, 3 tablespoons olive oil, 1 tablespoon Dijon mustard, 1 tablespoon honey, the juice of 1 lemon, 1 teaspoon kosher salt, and 1 teaspoon black pepper\u003c/strong\u003e. Stir in \u003cstrong\u003e1 minced shallot\u003c/strong\u003e and let it sit while the lentils finish cooling.</li><li>Add the cooled lentils, \u003cstrong\u003e3 carrots, 1 head radicchio, and 1 tablespoon chopped fresh oregano\u003c/strong\u003e to the vinaigrette. Toss until the salad is well coated, adding a little more dressing if needed. Taste and adjust with more kosher salt, black pepper, or lemon juice.</li><li>Heat a grill to medium. Remove the chicken from the marinade and shake off any excess. Grill until charred in spots and cooked through, 5 to 8 minutes per side.</li><li>Let the chicken rest for a few minutes, then arrange it over or alongside the lentil salad. Drizzle with a little \u003cstrong\u003eolive oil, squeeze 1/2 lemon\u003c/strong\u003e over the top, and serve with the reserved garlic yogurt sauce.\u003cbr\u003e</li></ol>]]></content:encoded><media:thumbnail height="675" url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY3NzMz/grilled-zatar-chicken-with-lentils-hero-image.jpg?profile=rss&amp;x=91&amp;y=54" width="1200"/><media:content height="675" medium="image" type="" url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY3NzMz/grilled-zatar-chicken-with-lentils-hero-image.jpg?profile=rss&amp;x=91&amp;y=54" width="1200"><media:title>grilled-zatar-chicken-with-lentils-hero-image</media:title><media:text>Grilled Zatar chicken with lentils hero image</media:text></media:content></item><item><title><![CDATA[Ground Chicken Curry With Red Lentils]]></title><description/><link>https://delishably.com/recipes/ground-chicken-curry</link><guid isPermaLink="true">https://delishably.com/recipes/ground-chicken-curry</guid><category><![CDATA[Chicken]]></category><category><![CDATA[Weeknight Dinners]]></category><category><![CDATA[Dinner Recipes]]></category><category><![CDATA[Recipes]]></category><category><![CDATA[Skillet Recipes for Weeknights]]></category><dc:creator><![CDATA[Felicia Garrett]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Tue, 26 May 2026 19:34:31 GMT</pubDate><enclosure url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY3Njc1/ground-chicken-red-lentils-curry---hero-image.jpg?profile=rss" length="138190" type="false"/><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Ground chicken and red lentils make this curry a protein-and-fiber powerhouse, with coconut milk giving it a rich, creamy finish. The lentils soften into the broth as they cook, helping thicken the curry without extra work. Keep the heat at a steady simmer and add more broth if the pot starts looking tight before the lentils fully break down.</p><figure>
                        
                        <img src="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY3NzMw/ground-chicken-curry_ingredients.jpg?profile=rss" height="675" width="504">
                        
                    </figure>
                    <h2>What to Serve With</h2><ul><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/basmati-rice-pilaf">Basmati Rice Pilaf</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/homemade-garlic-naan">Garlic Naan</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/sauteed-broccoli-garlic-lemon">Broccoli With Garlic and Red Pepper Flakes</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/spicy-sesame-cucumber-salad">Spicy Sesame Cucumber Salad</a></li></ul><h2>Expert Tips</h2><ul><li>Let the onion turn fully translucent before adding the garlic and spices. That first layer of sweetness keeps the curry from tasting flat.</li><li>Use a spoon or potato masher to break up a few lentils near the end if you want a thicker, more stew-like bowl.</li><li>Start with the lower end of green onions if they are especially sharp, then add a little more at the end if the curry needs extra bite.</li><li>Red lentils go from tender to fully broken down pretty quickly, so stir the pot now and then during the final simmer to keep the bottom from catching.</li><li>If the curry tightens up before the lentils are completely soft, add more broth in small splashes instead of all at once so you keep a spoonable texture.</li></ul><h2>Substitutions</h2><ul><li>Bone broth can be replaced with water for a lighter pot; the curry will still be good, just a little less savory.</li><li>Butter can be skipped and replaced with a little more neutral cooking oil if you want to keep the dairy out.</li><li>Cilantro can be replaced with flat-leaf parsley if cilantro is not your thing; the finish will taste fresher and less citrusy.</li></ul><h2>FAQs</h2><h3>Can I make this ahead?</h3><p>Yes. The curry tastes even better after the spices sit for a few hours. Reheat it slowly and loosen it with a splash of broth if needed.</p><h3>How thick should the curry be?</h3><p>It should be loose enough to spoon over rice but thick enough that the lentils stay suspended. If it looks dry in the pot, add more liquid a little at a time.</p><h3>Can I use brown or green lentils instead?</h3><p>Not for the same result. Red lentils break down and thicken the curry. Brown or green lentils stay firmer and need a longer cook time.</p><h2>Storage</h2><p>Cool the curry, then pack it into an airtight container. Refrigerate for up to 4 days. It freezes well for up to 3 months in freezer-safe containers. Thaw in the refrigerator overnight and reheat on the stovetop over medium-low heat with a splash of broth or water if it has thickened.</p><h3>Ingredients</h3><ul><li>1 pound ground chicken</li><li>1 cup red lentils, rinsed</li><li>1 can full-fat coconut milk</li><li>1 large yellow onion, chopped</li><li>4 garlic cloves, minced</li><li>4 to 6 green onions, chopped</li><li>1 handful cilantro, chopped, plus more for serving</li><li>6 cups bone broth</li><li>1 teaspoon garlic powder</li><li>2 teaspoons kosher salt</li><li>1 teaspoon turmeric</li><li>1 teaspoon curry powder</li><li>black pepper, to taste</li><li>1 tablespoon neutral cooking oil</li><li>1 tablespoon butter, optional</li><li>juice of 1/2 lemon</li><li>cooked rice, for serving</li></ul><ol><li>In a large pot or deep skillet over medium heat, warm \u003cstrong\u003e1 tablespoon neutral oil\u003c/strong\u003e. Add \u003cstrong\u003e1 tablespoon butter\u003c/strong\u003e, if using, then stir in\u003cstrong\u003e 1 chopped large yellow onion\u003c/strong\u003e. Cook until the onion is softened and translucent, about 5 minutes. Add \u003cstrong\u003e4 minced garlic cloves\u003c/strong\u003e and cook for 1 minute.</li><li>Stir in \u003cstrong\u003e1 teaspoon garlic powder, 2 teaspoons salt, 1 teaspoon turmeric, 1 teaspoon curry powder\u003c/strong\u003e, and \u003cstrong\u003ea few grinds of black pepper\u003c/strong\u003e, coating the onion and garlic in the spices. Add \u003cstrong\u003e1 pound ground chicken\u003c/strong\u003e and cook, breaking it up with a spoon, until no longer pink, 3 to 5 minutes.</li><li>Stir in \u003cstrong\u003e4 to 6 sliced green onions\u003c/strong\u003e, then add \u003cstrong\u003e1 cup rinsed red lentils\u003c/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003e6 cups bone broth\u003c/strong\u003e. Bring to a simmer, stir in a handful of chopped \u003cstrong\u003ecilantro\u003c/strong\u003e, and cook until the lentils begin to soften, about 15 minutes.</li><li>Pour in \u003cstrong\u003e1 can coconut milk \u003c/strong\u003eand continue simmering until the lentils break down and the curry thickens, 25 to 30 minutes. Add more broth as needed if the curry gets too thick before the lentils are fully tender.</li><li>Stir in the \u003cstrong\u003ejuice of 1/2 lemon\u003c/strong\u003e. Taste and adjust with more salt, black pepper, or lemon as needed. Serve warm over rice with more cilantro and green onions on top.</li></ol>]]></content:encoded><media:thumbnail height="675" url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY3Njc1/ground-chicken-red-lentils-curry---hero-image.jpg?profile=rss" width="1200"/><media:content height="675" medium="image" type="" url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY3Njc1/ground-chicken-red-lentils-curry---hero-image.jpg?profile=rss" width="1200"><media:title>ground-chicken-red-lentils-curry---hero-image</media:title><media:text>Ground Chicken Red Lentils Curry (Hero Image)</media:text></media:content></item><item><title><![CDATA[Raspberry Cream Pie]]></title><description/><link>https://delishably.com/recipes/raspberry-cream-pie</link><guid isPermaLink="true">https://delishably.com/recipes/raspberry-cream-pie</guid><category><![CDATA[Summer]]></category><category><![CDATA[Pie]]></category><category><![CDATA[Fourth of July Recipes]]></category><category><![CDATA[Recipes]]></category><category><![CDATA[Dessert Recipes]]></category><dc:creator><![CDATA[Felicia Garrett]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Fri, 22 May 2026 17:11:29 GMT</pubDate><enclosure url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY3NzE2/raspberry-cream-pie---hero-image.jpg?profile=rss" length="104449" type="false"/><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>This pie is cool, creamy, and just a little tart. Exactly what you want on a warm day. Start with a tender homemade crust, pile in a lightly sweetened cream cheese filling, and finish it off with a glossy raspberry topping made from fresh berries. Make it ahead and keep it chilled. It's basically the perfect dessert for summer cookouts and backyard dinners.</p><figure>
                        
                        <img src="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY3NzE1/raspberry-cream-pie---ingredients.jpg?profile=rss" height="675" width="504">
                        
                    </figure>
                    <h2>Related Recipes</h2><ul><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/raspberry-oat-jam-bars">Raspberry Oat Jam Bars</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/strawberry-gelatin-pie">Strawberry Pie</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/triple-coconut-pie">Triple Coconut Cream Pie</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/lemon-icebox-pie">Lemon Icebox Pie</a></li></ul><h2>Expert Tips</h2><ul><li>Beat the cream filling only until it holds soft peaks. If you keep going, it can turn grainy once the cream cheese tightens up.</li><li>Let the raspberry topping cool to warm before it goes over the filling. Hot topping can loosen the cream layer and blur the layers together.</li><li>Blind-bake the crust until the center is truly golden, not pale. A fully baked crust is what keeps the bottom from turning soft after chilling.</li><li>If your kitchen runs warm, chill the crust again for a few minutes after shaping it in the pie dish. That small pause helps it keep a cleaner edge in the oven.</li></ul><h2>Substitutions</h2><ul><li>Vanilla paste can be replaced with pure vanilla extract in the filling for a slightly less speckled look and the same general flavor.</li><li>Vegetable shortening can be replaced with the same amount of cold unsalted butter for a crust that is a little less flaky and a bit more buttery.</li><li>Fresh raspberries can be replaced with frozen raspberries for the cooked portion of the topping; thaw them first and expect a softer fruit texture.</li><li>Lemon juice can be replaced with the same amount of orange juice if needed, though the topping will taste a little sweeter and less sharp.</li></ul><h2>FAQs</h2><h3>Can I make the crust a day ahead?</h3><p>Yes. Bake the crust, cool it completely, and keep it loosely covered at room temperature for up to 1 day before filling.</p><h3>Why did my filling turn loose?</h3><p>The cream was likely underwhipped or the raspberry topping went on too warm. The filling should be thick and the topping should be warm, not hot.</p><h3>Can I use a store-bought crust?</h3><p>Yes. Bake it according to package directions for a fully baked shell, then cool it completely before adding the filling and topping.</p><h3>How long does the pie need to chill before slicing?</h3><p>Plan on at least 4 hours. Overnight is even better if you want very neat slices.</p><h2>Storage</h2><p>Store the pie covered in the pie dish or in an airtight container in the refrigerator for up to 3 days. For the cleanest slices, chill it well before serving leftovers. Freezing is not ideal because the cream layer and fresh berries can weep as they thaw, but you can freeze individual slices tightly wrapped for up to 1 month if needed.</p><h3>Ingredients</h3><ul><li>6 tablespoons unsalted butter, cold, cut into small cubes</li><li>4 tablespoons vegetable shortening</li><li>1/4 cup granulated sugar</li><li>1/2 teaspoon fine table salt</li><li>1 large egg yolk</li><li>1 teaspoon pure vanilla extract</li><li>1 1/2 cups all purpose flour, spooned and leveled, plus more for dusting</li><li>ice water, as needed</li></ul><ol><li>\u003cstrong\u003eMake the crust.\u003c/strong\u003e In a large bowl, whisk together \u003cstrong\u003e1 1/2 cups all-purpose flour, 1/4 cup granulated sugar, and 1/2 teaspoon fine table salt\u003c/strong\u003e. Cut in \u003cstrong\u003e6 tablespoons cold cubed butter \u003c/strong\u003euntil the mixture looks like coarse crumbs, then cut in \u003cstrong\u003e4 tablespoons vegetable shortening\u003c/strong\u003e until evenly incorporated. </li><li>Add \u003cstrong\u003e1 large egg yolk\u003c/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003e1 teaspoon vanilla extract\u003c/strong\u003e. Stir in\u003cstrong\u003e ice water\u003c/strong\u003e, starting with 2 tablespoons, just until the dough begins to come together. Add more water 1 tablespoon at a time if needed. Turn the dough onto a lightly floured surface, knead 2 to 3 times, shape into a disk, wrap, and refrigerate for at least 30 minutes.</li><li>Heat the oven to 375 F convection or 400 F on the bake setting. Roll the chilled dough on a lightly floured surface to about 1/8 inch thick. Transfer it to a 9-inch pie dish, trim the excess, crimp or flute the edges, and freeze for 10 minutes.</li><li>Line the crust with parchment paper or foil and fill with pie weights or dried beans. Bake on the middle rack for 15 to 20 minutes. Remove the weights and lining, then bake 5 to 8 minutes more, until golden brown. If the edges brown too quickly, cover them with foil. Let the crust cool completely.</li><li>\u003cstrong\u003eMake the raspberry topping.\u003c/strong\u003e In a saucepan over medium heat, combine \u003cstrong\u003e2 cups of the raspberries, 3/4 cup granulated sugar, and 1 tablespoon lemon juice\u003c/strong\u003e. Cook, stirring and lightly crushing the berries, until the fruit releases its juices and the sugar dissolves.</li><li>In a small bowl, stir together \u003cstrong\u003e2 tablespoons cornstarch\u003c/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003e2 tablespoons cold water \u003c/strong\u003euntil smooth. Stir the slurry into the raspberry mixture and cook until thickened. Sprinkle \u003cstrong\u003e2 1/2 teaspoons plain gelatin powder\u003c/strong\u003e over the hot mixture and stir until fully dissolved. Remove from the heat and let cool until warm, not hot.</li><li>\u003cstrong\u003eMake the cream filling.\u003c/strong\u003e In a large bowl, beat \u003cstrong\u003e8 ounces softened cream cheese, 1/2 cup granulated sugar, 1 teaspoon vanilla paste, and 1/8 teaspoon salt\u003c/strong\u003e until smooth. Add \u003cstrong\u003e1 cup heavy cream \u003c/strong\u003eand beat until thick and soft peaks form.</li><li>Spread the cream filling evenly into the cooled crust. Fold the remaining \u003cstrong\u003e4 cups fresh raspberries\u003c/strong\u003e into the warm raspberry topping, then spoon the topping over the cream layer. Refrigerate until fully chilled and set before slicing.</li></ol>]]></content:encoded><media:thumbnail height="675" url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY3NzE2/raspberry-cream-pie---hero-image.jpg?profile=rss" width="1200"/><media:content height="675" medium="image" type="" url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY3NzE2/raspberry-cream-pie---hero-image.jpg?profile=rss" width="1200"><media:title>raspberry-cream-pie---hero-image</media:title><media:text>Raspberry Cream Pie (Hero Image)</media:text></media:content></item><item><title><![CDATA[Ginger-Scallion Chicken Thighs]]></title><description/><link>https://delishably.com/recipes/ginger-scallion-chicken-thighs</link><guid isPermaLink="true">https://delishably.com/recipes/ginger-scallion-chicken-thighs</guid><category><![CDATA[Chicken]]></category><category><![CDATA[Dinner Recipes]]></category><category><![CDATA[Skillet Recipes for Weeknights]]></category><category><![CDATA[30-Minute Meals]]></category><category><![CDATA[Recipes]]></category><dc:creator><![CDATA[Felicia Garrett]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Wed, 20 May 2026 18:29:16 GMT</pubDate><enclosure url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY3NzEw/ginger-scallions-chicken-thighs---hero-image.jpg?profile=rss" length="125563" type="false"/><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>This is the kind of chicken dinner that makes a weeknight feel easier: quick to cook, big on flavor, and built around ingredients you probably already have. The chicken gets coated with soy sauce, ginger, garlic, and a little cornstarch, which helps it brown in the skillet and gives the sauce that glossy, takeout-style finish. A handful of scallions goes in at the end so they stay fresh and sharp against the savory sauce. Serve it over hot rice and dinner is done.</p><figure>
                        
                        <img src="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY3NzA5/ginger-scallions-chicken-thighs---ingredients.jpg?profile=rss" height="675" width="504">
                        
                    </figure>
                    <h2>What to Serve With</h2><ul><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/coconut-ginger-jasmine-rice">Coconut Ginger Jasmine Rice</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/sauteed-broccolini-garlic">Garlic Lemon Broccolini</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/spicy-sesame-cucumber-salad">Spicy Sesame Cucumber Salad</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/sesame-cabbage-salad">Sesame Cabbage Salad</a></li></ul><h2>Expert Tips</h2><ul><li>Spread the chicken into a true single layer before it starts cooking. If the pieces are crowded, they will steam and the sauce will stay thin longer.</li><li>Let the chicken sit undisturbed on the first side until you see browned edges. That first bit of color is what keeps the sauce from tasting flat.</li><li>Hold back a few scallions for the end. The ones stirred in soften and mellow, while the last handful on top keeps the dish tasting fresh.</li></ul><h2>Substitutions</h2><ul><li>Cornstarch can be replaced with potato starch for a very similar glossy finish and light coating.</li><li>Boneless, skinless chicken thighs can be replaced with boneless, skinless chicken breast, but the finished dish will be a little leaner and easier to overcook.</li><li>Soy sauce can be replaced with tamari if needed; the flavor stays close, though the salt level can vary by brand.</li></ul><h2>FAQs</h2><h3>Can I marinate the chicken longer?</h3><p>Yes. Thirty minutes is fine in the refrigerator. Much longer can make the outside seasoning taste a little stronger and saltier.</p><h3>How do I know when the sauce is reduced enough?</h3><p>It should cling to the chicken instead of pooling thinly in the skillet. When you drag a spatula through the pan, the sauce should briefly hold a line.</p><h3>Can I double the recipe?</h3><p>Yes, but cook the chicken in batches. If you crowd the skillet, the chicken will steam and you will lose the browned edges.</p><h3>What kind of skillet works best?</h3><p>A large skillet with plenty of surface area is best. Stainless steel or cast iron both brown the chicken well.</p><h2>Storage</h2><p>Store cooled chicken in an airtight container in the refrigerator for up to 4 days. Store the rice in a separate airtight container if possible so it reheats more evenly. Reheat in a skillet over medium heat or in the microwave until hot. The chicken freezes well for up to 2 months; thaw in the refrigerator before reheating.</p><h3>Ingredients</h3><ul><li>1 pound boneless, skinless chicken thighs, cut in half</li><li>2 tablespoons cornstarch</li><li>1 tablespoon garlic powder</li><li>1 tablespoon ginger powder</li><li>1/4 cup soy sauce</li><li>1 bunch scallions, thinly sliced</li><li>1 to 2 tablespoons neutral oil, for cooking</li><li>cooked rice, for serving</li></ul><ol><li>In a medium bowl, toss \u003cstrong\u003e1 lb boneless\u003c/strong\u003e \u003cstrong\u003echicken thighs\u003c/strong\u003e with \u003cstrong\u003e2 tablespoons cornstarch\u003c/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003e1 tablespoon garlic powder\u003c/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003e1 tablespoon ginger powder\u003c/strong\u003e, and \u003cstrong\u003e1/4 cup soy sauce\u003c/strong\u003e until evenly coated. Let stand for 10 to 15 minutes while you slice \u003cstrong\u003e1 bunch of scallions\u003c/strong\u003e.</li><li>In a large skillet over medium-high heat, heat \u003cstrong\u003e1 to 2 tablespoons neutral oil\u003c/strong\u003e. Add the chicken in a single layer and cook, undisturbed, until browned on the first side, about 3-4 minutes. Turn the pieces and continue cooking until the chicken is cooked through and the sauce has reduced into a glossy coating, about 4 to 6 minutes more.</li><li>In the skillet off the heat, stir in most of the \u003cstrong\u003escallions\u003c/strong\u003e and cook for 30 seconds to 1 minute, just until softened. Top with the remaining \u003cstrong\u003escallions\u003c/strong\u003e and serve warm over \u003cstrong\u003ecooked rice\u003c/strong\u003e.</li></ol>]]></content:encoded><media:thumbnail height="675" url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY3NzEw/ginger-scallions-chicken-thighs---hero-image.jpg?profile=rss" width="1200"/><media:content height="675" medium="image" type="" url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY3NzEw/ginger-scallions-chicken-thighs---hero-image.jpg?profile=rss" width="1200"><media:title>ginger-scallions-chicken-thighs---hero-image</media:title><media:text>Ginger Scallions Chicken Thighs (Hero Image)</media:text></media:content></item><item><title><![CDATA[Grilled Skirt Steak Tacos With Chimichurri]]></title><description/><link>https://delishably.com/recipes/skirt-steak-tacos</link><guid isPermaLink="true">https://delishably.com/recipes/skirt-steak-tacos</guid><category><![CDATA[Grilling Recipes]]></category><category><![CDATA[Beef]]></category><category><![CDATA[Editors Picks]]></category><category><![CDATA[Fourth of July Recipes]]></category><category><![CDATA[30-Minute Meals]]></category><category><![CDATA[Dinner Recipes]]></category><category><![CDATA[Steak]]></category><category><![CDATA[Summer]]></category><category><![CDATA[Recipes]]></category><dc:creator><![CDATA[Felicia Garrett]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Tue, 19 May 2026 16:04:28 GMT</pubDate><enclosure url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY3Njgw/grilled-skirt-steak-chimichurri-tacos---hero-image.jpg?profile=rss" length="142009" type="false"/><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Skirt steak is one of the great underdog cuts: deeply beefy, quick to cook, and perfectly suited to high heat. A citrus-soy marinade builds flavor fast, but it's the chimichurri that brings everything together, cutting through the richness of the meat with fresh herbs, garlic, and a hit of acid. Slice it thin against the grain, pile it into warm tortillas, and dinner is done in under 30 minutes. This is the kind of meal that looks like you tried much harder than you did.</p><h2>What to Serve With</h2><ul><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/mexican-rice">Mexican Rice</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/cheesy-green-chile-corn">Cheesy Green Chile Corn</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/quick-salsa-with-tomatoes-lime-and-cilantro">Quick Salsa</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/guacamole-recipe-with-tomatillo-and-lime-pickled-onion">Guacamole with Tomatillo and Pickled Onion</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/quick-pickled-red-onions">Quick Pickled Red Onions</a></li></ul><h2>Expert Tips</h2><ul><li>Let the grill get fully hot before cooking the steak. High heat gives you better browning before the inside overcooks.</li><li>Cut the skirt steak into shorter sections before slicing. Then slice each section thinly across the grain for the most tender pieces.</li><li>If the chimichurri tastes sharp at first, let it sit for 10 minutes before serving. The shallot and garlic will mellow, and the sauce will round out.</li><li>Skirt steak cooks fast, so have the tortillas and taco toppings ready before it hits the grill.</li><li>If your lime or orange is small, use the juice you have and let the steak marinate closer to the longer end of the time range.</li></ul><h2>Substitutions</h2><ul><li>Flank steak can be used in place of skirt steak. It is beefy and grills well, though it is leaner and benefits from being sliced thinly across the grain.</li><li>Queso fresco can be used instead of Cotija for a milder, softer finish.</li><li>Sliced avocado can stand in for guacamole. The tacos will be less creamy but still balanced.</li></ul><h2>FAQs</h2><h3>Can I cook the steak in a skillet instead of on a grill?</h3><p>Yes. Use a very hot cast-iron skillet and cook the steak in batches for 3 to 5 minutes per side, depending on thickness.</p><h3>How long should I let the steak rest before slicing?</h3><p>Give it 5 to 10 minutes on the cutting board. That keeps more juices in the meat when you slice it.</p><h3>Can I make the chimichurri ahead?</h3><p>Yes. Make it up to 1 day ahead and refrigerate it. Let it sit at room temperature for 15 to 20 minutes before serving.</p><h3>How do I keep corn tortillas from cracking?</h3><p>Warm them before serving. A dry skillet, grill grates, or a wrapped stack in the microwave all help soften them.</p><h2>Storage</h2><p>Store sliced steak, chimichurri, and taco toppings in separate airtight containers in the refrigerator for up to 3 days. Keep tortillas wrapped tightly at room temperature for 1 day or refrigerate them for up to 3 days. The cooked steak freezes well for up to 2 months; the chimichurri is best made fresh and does not freeze as well.</p><h3>Ingredients</h3><ul><li>2 tablespoons soy sauce</li><li>1 orange, juiced</li><li>1 lime, juiced</li><li>1/4 cup neutral oil</li><li>1/4 cup chopped cilantro</li><li>2 garlic cloves, grated</li><li>1 teaspoon red pepper flakes</li><li>1 teaspoon cumin</li><li>3 lb skirt steak</li></ul><ol><li>In a large bowl, whisk together \u003cstrong\u003e2 tablespoons soy sauce, the juice of 1 orange, the juice of 1 lime, 1/4 cup neutral oil, 1/4 cup chopped cilantro, 2 grated garlic cloves, 1 teaspoon red pepper flakes, and 1 teaspoon ground cumin\u003c/strong\u003e. Add \u003cstrong\u003e3 pounds skirt steak\u003c/strong\u003e and turn to coat. Cover and refrigerate for at least 2 hours and up to 24 hours.</li><li>Remove the steak from the refrigerator 30 to 45 minutes before grilling so it can come closer to room temperature. Heat the grill to 450 F.</li><li>Meanwhile, make the chimichurri. In a medium bowl, stir together \u003cstrong\u003e1/2 cup chopped parsley, 1/2 cup chopped cilantro, 1 finely chopped shallot, 2 minced garlic cloves, the juice of 1 lemon, 1/4 cup olive oil, and 1 teaspoon red pepper flakes.\u003c/strong\u003e Set aside.</li><li>Grill the steak over high heat until charred in spots and cooked to your liking, 4 to 5 minutes per side for medium-rare, depending on thickness. Transfer to a cutting board and let rest for 5 to 10 minutes. Cut the steak into shorter sections, then slice each section thinly across the grain.</li></ol>]]></content:encoded><media:thumbnail height="675" url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY3Njgw/grilled-skirt-steak-chimichurri-tacos---hero-image.jpg?profile=rss" width="1200"/><media:content height="675" medium="image" type="" url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY3Njgw/grilled-skirt-steak-chimichurri-tacos---hero-image.jpg?profile=rss" width="1200"><media:title>grilled-skirt-steak-chimichurri-tacos---hero-image</media:title><media:text>Grilled Skirt Steak Chimichurri Tacos (Hero Image)</media:text></media:content></item><item><title><![CDATA[Curried Butternut Squash and Red Lentil Soup]]></title><description/><link>https://delishably.com/recipes/curried-butternut-squash-lentil-soup</link><guid isPermaLink="true">https://delishably.com/recipes/curried-butternut-squash-lentil-soup</guid><category><![CDATA[Recipes]]></category><category><![CDATA[Soups, Stews & Chili Recipes]]></category><category><![CDATA[Lunch]]></category><dc:creator><![CDATA[Shannon Barden]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Mon, 18 May 2026 17:23:08 GMT</pubDate><enclosure url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY3NjYz/curried-butternut-squash-red-lentils-soup---hero-image.jpg?profile=rss" length="102384" type="false"/><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Butternut squash and red lentils do most of the work here. The squash gives the soup body, the lentils soften and thicken it, and curry, ginger, and lemon keep the flavor bright. It is a natural cold-weather soup, but it also works as a pantry-style dinner when the produce drawer is running low.</p><figure>
                        
                        <img src="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY3NjY2/curried-butternut-squash-red-lentils-soup---ingredients.jpg?profile=rss" height="675" width="504">
                        
                    </figure>
                    <h2>What to Serve With</h2><ul><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/homemade-garlic-naan">Garlic Naan</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/parmesan-and-herb-garlic-crostini-baguette">Parmesan Garlic Crostini</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/lemon-garlic-kale-salad-with-toasted-almonds">Lemon Garlic Kale Salad with Toasted Almonds</a></li></ul><h2>Expert Tips</h2><ul><li>Let the vegetables pick up some color in the first stage. That light browning gives the soup more depth than you’ll get by rushing straight to the simmer.</li><li>If the pot looks dry before the vegetables soften, lower the heat slightly and keep stirring. Garlic and ginger can stick and brown too quickly before the squash is ready.</li><li>Blend the cilantro oil until smooth so it drizzles easily instead of sitting in clumps on top of the soup.</li><li>Red lentils break down quickly, and the soup will continue to thicken as it sits. Stir in a splash of water when reheating if you prefer a looser texture.</li><li>The cilantro oil is simple, but it is worth making. Even a small spoonful wakes up the whole bowl.</li></ul><h2>Substitutions</h2><ul><li>Unsalted butter can be replaced with the same amount of neutral oil if you want a fully dairy-free soup. The finish will be a little less rich.</li><li>Madras curry powder can be replaced with a standard curry powder. The soup will still taste good, though the spice level may be a bit milder.</li><li>Fresh lemon juice can be replaced with the same amount of lime juice. It shifts the finish slightly sharper and a little more citrus-forward.</li></ul><h2>FAQs</h2><h3>Do I need to blend the soup?</h3><p>No. The red lentils soften enough to give the soup a naturally thick texture without blending.</p><h3>Can I make the cilantro oil ahead?</h3><p>Yes. Blend it a day ahead and keep it chilled. Stir before serving if it separates.</p><h3>How spicy is this soup?</h3><p>That depends on the curry powder. Madras-style blends usually bring a little more heat, but the butternut squash keeps the soup balanced.</p><h3>Can I use pre-cut squash?</h3><p>Yes. Pre-cut squash saves time here and cooks the same as long as the pieces are close to 1/2-inch.</p><h2>Storage</h2><p>Cool the soup, then store it in an airtight container in the refrigerator for up to 4 days. Store the cilantro oil in a separate jar or small airtight container in the refrigerator for up to 3 days. The soup freezes well for up to 3 months without the cilantro oil. Thaw in the refrigerator and reheat on the stovetop, adding a little water if it has thickened.</p><h3>Ingredients</h3><ul><li>3 tablespoons neutral oil</li><li>2 tablespoons unsalted butter</li><li>1 1/2 pounds butternut squash, peeled and cut into 1/2-inch pieces</li><li>1 large onion, chopped</li><li>1 carrot, chopped</li><li>1 celery rib, chopped</li><li>2 garlic cloves, minced</li><li>2 tablespoons minced peeled ginger</li><li>1 tablespoon curry powder, preferably madras</li><li>1 cup red lentils, picked over and rinsed</li><li>2 quarts water</li><li>1 teaspoon fresh lemon juice, plus more to taste</li><li>1 teaspoon kosher salt, plus more to taste</li><li>1/4 teaspoon freshly ground black pepper, plus more to taste</li></ul><ol><li>In a large heavy pot over medium heat, heat \u003cstrong\u003e3 tablespoons neutral oil\u003c/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003e2 tablespoons unsalted butter\u003c/strong\u003e. Add \u003cstrong\u003e1 1/2 pounds butternut squash\u003c/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003e1 large onion\u003c/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003e1 carrot\u003c/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003e1 celery rib\u003c/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003e2 garlic cloves\u003c/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003e2 tablespoons minced peeled ginger\u003c/strong\u003e, and \u003cstrong\u003e1 teaspoon kosher salt\u003c/strong\u003e. Cook, stirring occasionally, until the vegetables are softened and beginning to brown, \u003cstrong\u003e15 to 20 minutes\u003c/strong\u003e.</li><li>In the pot, stir in \u003cstrong\u003e1 tablespoon curry powder\u003c/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003e1/4 teaspoon freshly ground black pepper\u003c/strong\u003e. Cook, stirring frequently, for 2 minutes.</li><li>In the pot, add \u003cstrong\u003e1 cup red lentils\u003c/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003e2 quarts water\u003c/strong\u003e. Cover and simmer until the lentils are tender, 25 to 40 minutes.</li><li>In the pot, stir in \u003cstrong\u003e1 teaspoon fresh lemon juice\u003c/strong\u003e. Season with additional \u003cstrong\u003ekosher salt\u003c/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003efreshly ground black pepper\u003c/strong\u003e to taste.</li><li>In a blender, puree \u003cstrong\u003e1/2 cup chopped cilantro\u003c/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003e1/2 cup netrual oil\u003c/strong\u003e until smooth. Spoon the cilantro oil over the soup before serving.</li></ol>]]></content:encoded><media:thumbnail height="675" url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY3NjYz/curried-butternut-squash-red-lentils-soup---hero-image.jpg?profile=rss" width="1200"/><media:content height="675" medium="image" type="" url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY3NjYz/curried-butternut-squash-red-lentils-soup---hero-image.jpg?profile=rss" width="1200"><media:title>curried-butternut-squash-red-lentils-soup---hero-image</media:title><media:text>Curried Butternut Squash Red Lentils Soup (Hero Image)</media:text></media:content></item><item><title><![CDATA[Roasted Broccoli Caesar Salad]]></title><description/><link>https://delishably.com/recipes/roasted-broccoli-caesar</link><guid isPermaLink="true">https://delishably.com/recipes/roasted-broccoli-caesar</guid><category><![CDATA[Side Dishes]]></category><category><![CDATA[Recipes]]></category><category><![CDATA[Vegetables]]></category><category><![CDATA[Broccoli]]></category><dc:creator><![CDATA[Felicia Garrett]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Sat, 16 May 2026 17:40:49 GMT</pubDate><enclosure url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY3NjUy/roasted-broccoli-caesar-salad---hero-image.jpg?profile=rss" length="140374" type="false"/><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>This is the kind of side dish that quietly steals attention from the main. The broccoli roasts until the edges are deeply browned and crisp, then gets tossed while still warm with a creamy dressing made with Dijon, Parmesan, lemon, and Worcestershire. Toasted garlic crumbs add the crunch that usually comes from croutons, giving the whole dish the salty, savory appeal of Caesar salad in a warmer, heartier form. It fits especially well alongside <a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/miso-maple-roasted-salmon">Miso-Maple Roasted Salmon</a> or <a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/steakhouse-beef-kebabs">Steakhouse Beef Kebabs</a>, where the sharp dressing and crisp crumbs balance richer mains.</p><h2>Why This Works</h2><ul><li>Roasting gives the broccoli deeper flavor and crisp edges that hold up well under the dressing.</li><li>The dressing is creamy and bold, but still light enough to coat the broccoli without turning heavy.</li><li>Garlic crumbs add texture and make the dish feel more finished than a standard roasted vegetable side.</li></ul><h2>A Few Ingredient Notes</h2><ul><li>Smaller broccoli florets with plenty of cut sides will brown best.</li><li>Mayonnaise gives the dressing body and helps it cling to the warm broccoli.</li><li>Finely grated Parmesan melts more smoothly into the dressing and works especially well in the crumbs.</li><li>Panko keeps the topping airy and crisp, which gives a better contrast against the creamy dressing.</li></ul><h2>What to Serve With</h2><p>This dish works especially well with simple mains that benefit from a sharp, creamy vegetable side. Serve it with <a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/pan-fried-chicken-with-white-wine-butter-sauce">Pan-Fried Chicken With White Wine Butter Sauce</a> or <a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/lemon-skillet-chicken-with-onions-and-thyme">Lemon Skillet Chicken With Onions and Thyme</a>, or add it to a fuller dinner spread with pasta, roasted potatoes, or crusty bread.</p><figure>
                        
                        <img src="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY3NjUx/roasted-broccoli-caesar-salad---ingredients.jpg?profile=rss" height="675" width="504">
                        
                    </figure>
                    <h2>Expert Tips</h2><ul><li>Use a large sheet pan so the broccoli roasts instead of steams.</li><li>Dry the broccoli well before roasting for better browning.</li><li>Let the broccoli cool for 1 to 2 minutes before tossing so the dressing stays creamy and clings to the florets.</li><li>Toast the crumbs until deeply golden for the best flavor and texture.</li><li>Add the crumbs just before serving to keep them crisp.</li></ul><h2>Substitutions</h2><ul><li>Replace avocado oil with olive oil.</li><li>For a tangier dressing, replace mayonnaise with plain Greek yogurt.</li><li>Replace Parmesan with Pecorino Romano for a sharper, saltier finish.</li></ul><h2>Storage</h2><ul><li>Store leftovers in an airtight container in the refrigerator for up to 2 days.</li><li>For the best texture, keep extra garlic crumbs in a separate airtight container and add them just before serving.</li><li>Re-crisp the crumbs briefly in a skillet if needed.</li><li>This dish does not freeze well.</li></ul><h2>FAQs</h2><p><strong>Can the broccoli be roasted ahead of time?</strong><br>Yes. Roast it up to 1 day ahead, cool completely, and refrigerate. Bring it closer to room temperature or warm it slightly before tossing with the dressing.</p><p><strong>Why did the broccoli turn out soft instead of crisp?</strong><br>The pan was likely crowded, or the broccoli was still wet. Dry it well and spread it in a single layer before roasting.</p><p><strong>Can this be served cold?</strong><br>Yes. It is best slightly warm or at room temperature, but it also works chilled. Add the crumbs right before serving.</p><p><strong>Is this a salad or a side dish?</strong><br>It can work as either. Serve it as a side, or pair it with a protein and bread for a light meal.</p><h3>Ingredients</h3><ul><li>2 pounds broccoli, cut into florets</li><li>2 tablespoons avocado oil</li><li>1/2 teaspoon kosher salt, plus more to taste</li><li>1/4 teaspoon black pepper, plus more to taste</li></ul><ol><li>Heat the oven to 450 F. On a large sheet pan, spread \u003cstrong\u003e2 pounds broccoli\u003c/strong\u003e. Drizzle with \u003cstrong\u003e2 tablespoons avocado oil\u003c/strong\u003e and season with part of the \u003cstrong\u003e1/2 teaspoon kosher salt\u003c/strong\u003e and part of the \u003cstrong\u003e1/4 teaspoon black pepper\u003c/strong\u003e. Roast until the \u003cstrong\u003ebroccoli\u003c/strong\u003e is tender and the edges are browned and crisp, 18 to 20 minutes.</li><li>In a medium skillet over medium heat, heat \u003cstrong\u003e2 tablespoons olive oil\u003c/strong\u003e. Add \u003cstrong\u003e1 cup panko bread crumbs\u003c/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003e1 tablespoon garlic powder\u003c/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003e1/4 teaspoon kosher salt\u003c/strong\u003e, and \u003cstrong\u003e2 tablespoons grated Parmesan cheese\u003c/strong\u003e. Cook, stirring often, until the crumbs are golden and crisp. Remove from the heat.</li><li>In a large bowl, whisk together \u003cstrong\u003e1/4 cup mayonnaise\u003c/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003e2 tablespoons Dijon mustard\u003c/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003e1 tablespoon minced garlic\u003c/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003e1/2 cup grated Parmesan cheese\u003c/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003e1 teaspoon lemon zest\u003c/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003e1 tablespoon Worcestershire sauce\u003c/strong\u003e, the remaining \u003cstrong\u003e1/4 teaspoon black pepper\u003c/strong\u003e, and \u003cstrong\u003e1 tablespoon lemon juice\u003c/strong\u003e. Taste and season with additional \u003cstrong\u003ekosher \u003cstrong\u003esalt\u003c/strong\u003e\u003c/strong\u003e to taste.</li><li>In the bowl with the dressing, add the roasted \u003cstrong\u003ebroccoli\u003c/strong\u003e and toss to coat. Fold in half of the garlic crumbs.</li><li>Transfer to a serving platter and top with the remaining garlic crumbs.</li></ol>]]></content:encoded><media:thumbnail height="675" url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY3NjUy/roasted-broccoli-caesar-salad---hero-image.jpg?profile=rss" width="1200"/><media:content height="675" medium="image" type="" url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY3NjUy/roasted-broccoli-caesar-salad---hero-image.jpg?profile=rss" width="1200"><media:title>roasted-broccoli-caesar-salad---hero-image</media:title><media:text>Roasted Broccoli Caesar Salad (Hero Image)</media:text></media:content></item><item><title><![CDATA[Grilled Five-Spice Steak]]></title><description><![CDATA[Five-spice gives this marinated steak bold flavor with very little effort. Soy sauce, garlic, brown sugar, and red pepper flakes create a salty-sweet marinade that caramelizes on the grill, while a short rest helps the meat stay juicy for slicing. Prep Time: 15 minutesCook Time: 10 minutesTotal ...]]></description><link>https://delishably.com/recipes/grilled-five-spice-steak</link><guid isPermaLink="true">https://delishably.com/recipes/grilled-five-spice-steak</guid><category><![CDATA[Dinner Recipes]]></category><category><![CDATA[Beef]]></category><category><![CDATA[Fourth of July Recipes]]></category><category><![CDATA[Recipes]]></category><category><![CDATA[Steak]]></category><category><![CDATA[Grilling Recipes]]></category><dc:creator><![CDATA[Shannon Barden]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Mon, 20 Apr 2026 19:39:24 GMT</pubDate><enclosure url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY3NjE5/grilled-five-spice-steak-hero-image.jpg?profile=rss" length="165343" type="false"/><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Five-spice gives this marinated steak bold flavor with very little effort. Soy sauce, garlic, brown sugar, and red pepper flakes create a salty-sweet marinade that caramelizes on the grill, while a short rest helps the meat stay juicy for slicing.</p><ul><li><strong>Prep Time:</strong> 15 minutes</li><li><strong>Cook Time:</strong> 10 minutes</li><li><strong>Total Time:</strong> 4 hours 25 minutes</li><li><strong>Servings:</strong> 4</li></ul><figure>
                        
                        <img src="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY3NjA4/grilled-chinese-five-spice-steak---ingredients.jpg?profile=rss" height="675" width="504">
                        
                    </figure>
                    <h2>Ingredients</h2><h3>Steak</h3><ul><li>1 1/2 pounds skirt steak</li><li>1 tablespoon sesame seeds, optional</li></ul><h3>Marinade</h3><ul><li>1/4 cup soy sauce</li><li>2 garlic cloves, minced</li><li>1 tablespoon brown sugar</li><li>1 1/2 tablespoons five-spice powder</li><li>1 1/2 teaspoons kosher salt</li><li>1/2 teaspoon freshly ground black pepper</li><li>1/2 teaspoon red pepper flakes</li></ul><h2>Directions</h2><ol><li>In a medium bowl, stir together <strong>1/4 cup soy sauce, 2 minced garlic cloves, 1 tablespoon brown sugar, 1 1/2 tablespoons five-spice powder, 1 1/2 teaspoons kosher salt, 1/2 teaspoon freshly ground black pepper, and 1/2 teaspoon red pepper flakes</strong> until combined.</li><li>Place the <strong>1 1/2 pounds skirt steak</strong> in a large zip-top bag or shallow dish. Add the marinade and turn the steak to coat well. Cover and refrigerate for at least 4 hours or up to overnight.</li><li>When ready to cook, heat a grill to medium. Remove the steak from the marinade and let any excess drip off.</li><li>Grill the steak until an instant-read thermometer inserted into the thickest part reads 130 F for medium-rare, 140 F for medium, or 150 F for medium-well, about 4 to 6 minutes per side, depending on thickness.</li><li>Transfer the steak to a cutting board and let rest for 5 minutes. Slice thinly against the grain and sprinkle with the <strong>1 tablespoon sesame seeds</strong>, if using.</li></ol><h2>Nutrition Facts</h2><ul><li><strong>Calories:</strong> 324 kcal</li><li><strong>Carbs:</strong> 9 g</li><li><strong>Fat:</strong> 17 g</li><li><strong>Fiber:</strong> 1 g</li><li><strong>Protein:</strong> 31 g</li><li><strong>Sodium:</strong> 1015 mg</li><li><strong>Sugar:</strong> 6 g</li></ul><h2>What to Serve With</h2><ul><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/sauteed-asparagus-snow-peas">Asparagus and Snow Peas With Tarragon</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/sauteed-baby-bok-choy">Baby Bok Choy With Tamari and Sesame</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/honey-glazed-carrots-thyme">Honey Glazed Carrots</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/basmati-rice-pilaf">Basmati Rice Pilaf</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/creamy-mashed-potatoes-recipe">Creamy Mashed Potatoes</a></li></ul><h2>Expert Tips</h2><ul><li>Do not marinate in a metal pan unless it is nonreactive, since soy sauce can leave a metallic taste in reactive cookware.</li><li>Let excess marinade drip off before grilling so the sugar does not scorch before the center reaches temperature.</li><li>If the steak is very thin on one end, position that side over a cooler part of the grill to keep the doneness more even.</li><li>If using flank steak, start checking the internal temperature early since thickness can vary from piece to piece.</li><li>For cleaner slices, cut the steak across the grain after the full resting time.</li></ul><h2>Substitutions</h2><ul><li>Skirt steak can be replaced with flank steak if you want a slightly leaner cut with a firmer bite.</li><li>Brown sugar can be replaced with the same amount of honey, which gives the marinade a rounder sweetness and slightly stickier finish.</li><li>Sesame seeds can be replaced with thinly sliced scallions for a fresh finish if you want a garnish with less crunch.</li></ul><h2>Storage</h2><p>Store cooled sliced steak in an airtight container in the refrigerator for up to 4 days. Reheat briefly in a skillet over medium-low heat or serve cold in salads or grain bowls. Freeze well in a freezer-safe airtight container or bag for up to 2 months; thaw overnight in the refrigerator before reheating.</p><h2>FAQs</h2><h3>Can I cook this steak in a grill pan instead of on an outdoor grill?</h3><p>Yes. Use a very hot grill pan over medium-high heat and cook the steak in a single layer until it reaches your preferred internal temperature.</p><h3>How long should I marinate the steak?</h3><p>Give it at least 4 hours for good flavor penetration. Overnight marinating adds more depth, especially with thicker pieces.</p><h3>Why should I slice the steak against the grain?</h3><p>Cutting across the grain shortens the muscle fibers, which makes each bite noticeably more tender.</p><h3>What internal temperature is best for skirt steak?</h3><p>130 F gives you medium-rare, which keeps skirt steak juicy. For more doneness, cook to 140 F for medium or 150 F for medium-well.</p>]]></content:encoded><media:thumbnail height="675" url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY3NjE5/grilled-five-spice-steak-hero-image.jpg?profile=rss" width="1200"/><media:content height="675" medium="image" type="" url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY3NjE5/grilled-five-spice-steak-hero-image.jpg?profile=rss" width="1200"><media:title>grilled-five-spice-steak-hero-image</media:title><media:text>Grilled Five-Spice Steak Hero Image</media:text></media:content><media:content height="675" medium="image" type="" url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY3NjA4/grilled-chinese-five-spice-steak---ingredients.jpg?profile=rss" width="504"><media:title>grilled-chinese-five-spice-steak---ingredients</media:title></media:content></item><item><title><![CDATA[Greek Lemon Chicken Rice Soup]]></title><description><![CDATA[Lemon, tender chicken, and dill give this Greek-inspired soup a bright, fresh flavor, while tempered egg yolks make the broth silky and rich. Rice keeps it satisfying without feeling too heavy, making it a good choice for dinner or lunch leftovers. Prep Time: 15 minutesCook Time: 35 minutesTotal ...]]></description><link>https://delishably.com/recipes/greek-lemon-chicken-soup</link><guid isPermaLink="true">https://delishably.com/recipes/greek-lemon-chicken-soup</guid><category><![CDATA[Dinner Recipes]]></category><category><![CDATA[Recipes]]></category><category><![CDATA[Dinner]]></category><category><![CDATA[Chicken]]></category><category><![CDATA[Mediterranean]]></category><category><![CDATA[Lunch]]></category><category><![CDATA[Soups, Stews & Chili Recipes]]></category><dc:creator><![CDATA[Felicia Garrett]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Mon, 20 Apr 2026 17:32:17 GMT</pubDate><enclosure url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY3NjEy/greek-lemon-chicken-rice-soup---hero-image.jpg?profile=rss" length="108758" type="false"/><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Lemon, tender chicken, and dill give this Greek-inspired soup a bright, fresh flavor, while tempered egg yolks make the broth silky and rich. Rice keeps it satisfying without feeling too heavy, making it a good choice for dinner or <a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/lunch"  rel="nofollow">lunch</a> leftovers.</p><ul><li><strong>Prep Time:</strong> 15 minutes</li><li><strong>Cook Time:</strong> 35 minutes</li><li><strong>Total Time:</strong> 50 minutes</li><li><strong>Servings:</strong> 4</li></ul><figure>
                        
                        <img src="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY3NjEx/greek-lemon-chicken-rice-soup---ingredients.jpg?profile=rss" height="675" width="504">
                        
                    </figure>
                    <h2>Ingredients</h2><ul><li>1 tablespoon neutral oil</li><li>1 yellow onion, diced</li><li>2 large carrots, peeled and diced</li><li>2 large celery stalks, diced</li><li>2 garlic cloves, minced</li><li>6 cups chicken bone broth</li><li>3 egg yolks</li><li>1/4 cup lemon juice</li><li>1/4 cup chopped fresh dill</li><li>1 1/2 pounds boneless skinless chicken breasts</li><li>1 cup uncooked jasmine rice</li></ul><h2>Directions</h2><ol><li>In a medium saucepan, cook <strong>1 cup jasmine rice</strong> according to the package directions.</li><li>Meanwhile, heat <strong>1 tablespoon neutral oil</strong> in a large pot over medium heat. Add <strong>1 chopped yellow onion, 2 chopped large carrots, 2 chopped large celery stalks, and 2 minced garlic cloves</strong>. Cook, stirring occasionally, until softened and fragrant, 6 to 8 minutes.</li><li>Pour in <strong>6 cups chicken bone broth and add 1 1/2 pounds boneless skinless chicken breasts</strong>. Bring to a boil over medium-high heat, then reduce to a simmer and cook until the chicken is cooked through and registers 165 F, 15 to 20 minutes. Transfer the chicken to a cutting board and let cool slightly.</li><li>In a medium bowl, whisk together <strong>3 egg yolks and 1/4 cup lemon juice</strong>. Slowly whisk in <strong>1/4 cup warm broth</strong> from the pot to temper the eggs. Pour the egg mixture back into the pot, stirring gently as you add it.</li><li>Shred the chicken and return it to the pot along with <strong>1/4 cup chopped dill</strong>. Season with <strong>kosher salt and black pepper </strong>to taste.</li><li>Add the cooked rice to the pot and stir to combine, or divide the rice among bowls and ladle the soup over the top.</li></ol><h2>Nutrition Facts</h2><ul><li><strong>Calories:</strong> 360 kcal</li><li><strong>Carbs:</strong> 27 g</li><li><strong>Fat:</strong> 12 g</li><li><strong>Fiber:</strong> 2 g</li><li><strong>Protein:</strong> 34 g</li><li><strong>Sodium:</strong> 780 mg</li><li><strong>Sugar:</strong> 5 g</li></ul><h2>What to Serve With</h2><ul><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/garlic-confit-bread">Garlic Confit Bread</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/greek-lemon-potatoes">Greek Lemon Potatoes</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/kale-salad-with-homemade-caesar-dressing">Kale Salad With Homemade Caesar Dressing</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/panzanella-tuscan-bread-tomato-salad">Panzanella Tuscan Bread and Tomato Salad With Basil</a></li></ul><h2>Expert Tips</h2><ul><li>Temper the egg yolks with warm broth in a slow stream to keep the soup smooth instead of streaky.</li><li>Shred the chicken while it is still slightly warm so it pulls apart more easily.</li><li>Serving the rice in bowls instead of storing it in the pot keeps the broth from thickening too much over time.</li><li>If the soup gets too hot after the egg mixture is added, the broth can lose its silky texture, so keep it below a boil.</li><li>For a looser soup after storage, add a splash of broth when reheating since the rice will continue to absorb liquid.</li></ul><h2>Substitutions</h2><ul><li>Neutral oil can be replaced with olive oil for a slightly fruitier base.</li><li>Chicken bone broth can be replaced with regular chicken broth for a lighter body and similar flavor.</li><li>Chopped dill can be replaced with chopped fresh parsley if you want a less assertive herbal finish.</li></ul><h2>Storage</h2><p>Store the soup in an airtight container in the refrigerator for up to 4 days. If possible, store the rice separately in a separate airtight container so it stays softer in texture. Freeze the soup without the rice for up to 2 months; thaw in the refrigerator overnight before reheating.</p><h2>FAQs</h2><h3>Can I use rotisserie chicken instead of poaching chicken breast?</h3><p>Yes. Add shredded cooked chicken after the egg-lemon mixture goes into the pot, then warm it through before serving.</p><h3>Why did the soup turn thicker after sitting?</h3><p>Rice continues to absorb broth as it rests. Stir in extra broth when reheating to bring the soup back to your preferred consistency.</p><h3>Can I make the soup ahead?</h3><p>Yes. For the best texture, keep the rice separate and combine it with the hot soup just before serving.</p><h3>What does the egg yolk do in this soup?</h3><p>Egg yolks enrich the broth and give it a silky, lightly creamy texture without adding dairy.</p>]]></content:encoded><media:thumbnail height="675" url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY3NjEy/greek-lemon-chicken-rice-soup---hero-image.jpg?profile=rss" width="1200"/><media:content height="675" medium="image" type="" url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY3NjEy/greek-lemon-chicken-rice-soup---hero-image.jpg?profile=rss" width="1200"><media:title>greek-lemon-chicken-rice-soup---hero-image</media:title><media:text>Greek Lemon Chicken Rice Soup (Hero Image)</media:text></media:content><media:content height="675" medium="image" type="" url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY3NjEx/greek-lemon-chicken-rice-soup---ingredients.jpg?profile=rss" width="504"><media:title>greek-lemon-chicken-rice-soup---ingredients</media:title></media:content></item><item><title><![CDATA[Sheet-Pan Chicken Tikka]]></title><description><![CDATA[This sheet-pan chicken tikka brings the flavor of a yogurt-spiced marinade to an easy weeknight format. Chicken thighs roast with red onion and bell pepper until lightly charred at the edges, while a blended yogurt sauce with mint, cilantro, lemon, and garlic adds a cool, fresh contrast. Serve it ...]]></description><link>https://delishably.com/recipes/sheet-pan-chicken-tikka</link><guid isPermaLink="true">https://delishably.com/recipes/sheet-pan-chicken-tikka</guid><category><![CDATA[Sheet-Pan Dinner Recipes]]></category><category><![CDATA[Dinner Recipes]]></category><category><![CDATA[Recipes]]></category><category><![CDATA[Chicken]]></category><dc:creator><![CDATA[Felicia Garrett]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Mon, 20 Apr 2026 16:14:23 GMT</pubDate><enclosure url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY3NjAw/sheet-pan-chicken-tikka-hero-image.jpg?profile=rss" length="145252" type="false"/><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>This sheet-pan chicken tikka brings the flavor of a yogurt-spiced marinade to an easy weeknight format. Chicken thighs roast with red onion and bell pepper until lightly charred at the edges, while a blended yogurt sauce with mint, cilantro, lemon, and garlic adds a cool, fresh contrast. Serve it over rice or tuck it into wraps or <a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/homemade-garlic-naan">naan</a>.</p><ul><li><strong>Prep Time:</strong> 20 minutes</li><li><strong>Marinate Time:</strong> 2 to 6 hours</li><li><strong>Cook Time:</strong> 30 minutes</li><li><strong>Servings:</strong> 4</li></ul><h2>Ingredients</h2><h3>Chicken Tikka</h3><ul><li>1 1/2 to 2 pounds boneless skinless chicken thighs, cut into 1 1/2-inch chunks</li><li>3 tablespoons greek yogurt</li><li>2 tablespoons tomato paste</li><li>2 tablespoons lemon juice</li><li>1 tablespoon olive oil</li><li>4 garlic cloves, minced</li><li>2 teaspoons smoked paprika</li><li>1 teaspoon garam masala</li><li>1 teaspoon ground coriander</li><li>1/2 teaspoon ground cumin</li><li>1/2 teaspoon turmeric</li><li>1/2 teaspoon chili powder</li><li>1 teaspoon kosher salt, plus more to taste</li><li>1/2 teaspoon black pepper</li><li>1 red onion, cut into wedges</li><li>1 bell pepper, cut into chunks</li></ul><h3>For Serving</h3><ul><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/mint-yogurt-sauce">Mint Yogurt Sauce</a></li><li>cilantro or mint leaves, for garnish, optional</li></ul><h2>Directions</h2><ol><li>In a large bowl, whisk together <strong>3 tablespoons greek yogurt, 2 tablespoons tomato paste, 2 tablespoons lemon juice, 1 tablespoon olive oil, 4 minced garlic cloves, 2 teaspoons smoked paprika, 1 teaspoon garam masala, 1 teaspoon ground coriander, 1/2 teaspoon ground cumin, 1/2 teaspoon turmeric, 1/2 teaspoon chili powder, 1 teaspoon kosher salt, and 1/2 teaspoon black pepper</strong> until smooth. Add the <strong>1 1/2 to 2 pounds chicken thighs</strong> and toss well to coat. Cover and refrigerate for 2 to 6 hours.</li><li>Heat the oven to 400 F. Line a large rimmed sheet pan with parchment paper.</li><li>Add the <strong>red onion and bell pepper</strong> to the marinated chicken and toss to coat. Spread the chicken, onion, and bell pepper on the prepared sheet pan in an even layer.</li><li>Bake for 30 minutes, until the chicken is cooked through and the vegetables are tender and lightly charred at the edges.</li><li>Meanwhile, prepare the <a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/mint-yogurt-sauce"><strong>mint yogurt sauce</strong></a>.</li><li>Transfer the chicken and vegetables to a serving platter or serve directly from the pan. Spoon the mint sauce over the top or serve it alongside, and finish with cilantro or mint leaves if desired.</li></ol><h2>Nutrition Facts</h2><ul><li><strong>Calories:</strong> 390 kcal</li><li><strong>Carbs:</strong> 10 g</li><li><strong>Fat:</strong> 23 g</li><li><strong>Fiber:</strong> 2 g</li><li><strong>Protein:</strong> 35 g</li><li><strong>Sodium:</strong> 640 mg</li><li><strong>Sugar:</strong> 5 g</li></ul><h2>What to Serve With</h2><ul><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/coconut-ginger-jasmine-rice">Coconut Ginger Jasmine Rice</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/homemade-garlic-naan">Garlic Naan</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/quick-pickled-red-onions">Quick Pickled Red Onions</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/spicy-sesame-cucumber-salad">Spicy Sesame Cucumber Salad</a></li></ul><h2>Expert Tips</h2><ul><li>Spread the chicken and vegetables with space between pieces so they roast instead of steaming.</li><li>Use the broiler only at the end, once the chicken is cooked through, to add char without overcooking the interior.</li><li>Cut the chicken pieces close to the same size so they finish cooking at the same rate.</li><li>A single garlic clove is used in the sauce for balance; add a second clove only if you want a sharper raw garlic flavor.</li></ul><h2>Substitutions</h2><ul><li>Chicken thighs can be replaced with boneless skinless chicken breasts, though the finished chicken will be a little leaner and can dry out faster.</li><li>Greek yogurt in the sauce can be swapped with plain whole-milk yogurt for a looser, slightly less tangy finish.</li><li>Red onion can be replaced with yellow onion for a milder sweetness after roasting.</li><li>Bell pepper can be swapped with another color bell pepper with no major change to the method.</li></ul><h2>Storage</h2><p>Store the chicken and vegetables in an airtight container in the refrigerator for up to 4 days. Store the mint sauce in a separate airtight container in the refrigerator for up to 3 days. The chicken freezes well for up to 2 months; freeze the sauce only if needed, as the texture can loosen after thawing.</p><h2>FAQs</h2><h3>Do I have to marinate the chicken ahead of time?</h3><p>Yes. For the best flavor, marinate the chicken for 2 to 6 hours. If you are short on time, 30 minutes will still work.</p><h3>Can I use chicken breast instead of thighs?</h3><p>Yes. Cut the breast into even chunks and start checking for doneness a few minutes early, since breast meat cooks faster and dries out more easily.</p><h3>Do I need to line the sheet pan?</h3><p>No, but parchment or foil speeds cleanup and helps sticky bits from the yogurt marinade release more easily after roasting.</p>]]></content:encoded><media:thumbnail height="675" url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY3NjAw/sheet-pan-chicken-tikka-hero-image.jpg?profile=rss" width="1200"/><media:content height="675" medium="image" type="" url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY3NjAw/sheet-pan-chicken-tikka-hero-image.jpg?profile=rss" width="1200"><media:title>sheet-pan-chicken-tikka-hero-image</media:title><media:text>Sheet-Pan Chicken Tikka Hero Image</media:text></media:content></item><item><title><![CDATA[Pan-Roasted Pork Loin With Leeks]]></title><description><![CDATA[This pork loin cooks gently over softened leeks, which turn silky and savory as they absorb the wine and browned bits from the pan. The method starts on the stovetop and finishes with a covered braise, keeping the pork tender while the leeks become the sauce. Prep Time: 20 minutesCook Time: 2 hours ...]]></description><link>https://delishably.com/recipes/pork-loin-leeks</link><guid isPermaLink="true">https://delishably.com/recipes/pork-loin-leeks</guid><category><![CDATA[Pork Recipes]]></category><category><![CDATA[Mother’s Day Brunch and Dinner Ideas]]></category><category><![CDATA[Spring]]></category><category><![CDATA[Easter Recipes]]></category><category><![CDATA[Recipes]]></category><category><![CDATA[Weeknight Dinners]]></category><category><![CDATA[Dinner Recipes]]></category><dc:creator><![CDATA[Shannon Barden]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Wed, 15 Apr 2026 23:34:52 GMT</pubDate><enclosure url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY3NTY0/pan-roasted-pork-loin-and-leeks---hero-image.jpg?profile=rss" length="114902" type="false"/><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>This pork loin cooks gently over softened leeks, which turn silky and savory as they absorb the wine and browned bits from the pan. The method starts on the stovetop and finishes with a covered braise, keeping the pork tender while the leeks become the sauce.</p><ul><li><strong>Prep Time:</strong> 20 minutes</li><li><strong>Cook Time:</strong> 2 hours 15 minutes</li><li><strong>Total Time:</strong> 2 hours 35 minutes</li><li><strong>Servings:</strong> 6</li></ul><figure>
                        
                        <img src="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY3NTYz/pan-roasted-pork-loin-and-leeks---ingredients.jpg?profile=rss" height="675" width="504">
                        
                    </figure>
                    <h2>Ingredients</h2><ul><li>4 large leeks</li><li>1/2 cup water</li><li>1 tablespoon butter, divided</li><li>1/2 teaspoon kosher salt, divided</li><li>1/2 teaspoon freshly ground black pepper, divided</li><li>1 boneless pork loin, 2 pounds, trimmed</li><li>1/2 cup dry white wine</li><li>2 tablespoons chopped fresh parsley, optional</li></ul><h2>Directions</h2><ol><li>Trim the roots and tough dark green tops from <strong>4 large leeks</strong>. Cut each leek in half lengthwise, then slice crosswise into <strong>1/3-inch-thick</strong> pieces. Soak the leeks in cold water to loosen any grit, then lift them out, rinse well, and drain.</li><li>In a large Dutch oven or deep pan over medium-high heat, combine the leeks with <strong>1/2 cup water</strong>, <strong>1 1/2 teaspoons butter</strong>, <strong>1/4 teaspoon kosher salt</strong>, and <strong>1/4 teaspoon freshly ground black pepper</strong>. Cook, stirring occasionally, until the leeks are wilted and softened, about <strong>10 minutes</strong>. Transfer the leeks to a bowl.</li><li>Add the remaining <strong>1 1/2 teaspoons butter</strong> to the same pan. Add <strong>1 trimmed boneless pork loin (2 pounds)</strong> and cook, turning, until browned on all sides, about <strong>5 minutes</strong>. Season with the remaining <strong>1/4 teaspoon kosher salt</strong> and <strong>1/4 teaspoon freshly ground black pepper</strong>, then pour in <strong>1/2 cup dry white wine</strong> and cook for about <strong>15 seconds</strong>, scraping up any browned bits from the bottom of the pan.</li><li>Return the leeks to the pan. Cover, reduce the heat to low, and simmer until the pork is tender, about <strong>2 hours</strong>.</li><li>Transfer the pork to a cutting board. If the leek mixture looks thin, raise the heat and cook briefly to reduce it. Slice the pork into <strong>1/4-inch-thick</strong> slices and serve with the leeks spooned over or alongside. Top with <strong>2 tablespoons chopped fresh parsley</strong>, if using.</li></ol><h2>Nutrition Facts</h2><ul><li><strong>Calories:</strong> 290 kcal</li><li><strong>Carbs:</strong> 7 g</li><li><strong>Fat:</strong> 11 g</li><li><strong>Fiber:</strong> 1 g</li><li><strong>Protein:</strong> 35 g</li><li><strong>Sodium:</strong> 290 mg</li><li><strong>Sugar:</strong> 2 g</li></ul><h2>What to Serve With</h2><ul><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/creamy-mashed-potatoes-recipe">Creamy Mashed Potatoes</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/herbed-roasted-potatoes-and-onions-with-whipped-feta">Herbed Roasted Potatoes and Onions with Whipped Feta</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/crispy-roasted-potatoes">Crispy Roasted Potatoes</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/maple-soy-roasted-carrots-and-onion">Maple Soy-Roasted Carrots and Onion</a></li></ul><h2>Expert Tips</h2><ul><li>Leeks often hold grit between their layers, so rinse them thoroughly after slicing.</li><li>Drain the cleaned leeks thoroughly so excess water does not dilute the braising liquid at the start.</li><li>Brown the pork well on all sides before adding the wine so the pan develops the flavor that seasons the leeks.</li><li>Check the pork near the end of cooking; it is ready when it slices cleanly and reaches 145 F in the center after resting.</li><li>Pork loin is lean and benefits from the full covered braise to stay tender while the leeks soften fully.</li></ul><h2>Substitutions</h2><ul><li>Use dry vermouth in place of dry white wine for a slightly more herbal pan sauce.</li><li>Use flat-leaf parsley instead of curly parsley for a cleaner garnish and fresher finish.</li><li>Use unsalted butter instead of salted butter if needed, then keep the measured kosher salt as written to control seasoning.</li></ul><h2>Storage</h2><p>Store sliced pork and leeks in an airtight container in the refrigerator for up to 4 days. Keep the leeks and pan juices with the pork so the meat stays moist. Reheat covered on the stovetop over low heat or in the microwave until hot. This dish freezes fairly well for up to 2 months, though the leeks will be softer after thawing.</p><h2>FAQs</h2><h3>Can I use a pork tenderloin instead of pork loin?</h3><p>No. Pork tenderloin is much smaller and leaner, so it will overcook during the long covered braise.</p><h3>How do I know when the pork is done?</h3><p>The pork should be tender enough to slice cleanly, and the center should reach 145 F after resting.</p><h3>What kind of white wine should I use?</h3><p>Choose a dry white wine such as Sauvignon Blanc or Pinot Grigio. Avoid sweet wine, which will change the balance of the sauce.</p><h3>Can I make it ahead for guests?</h3><p>Yes. Cook the dish, cool it, then reheat the sliced pork and leeks together over low heat before serving.</p>]]></content:encoded><media:thumbnail height="675" url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY3NTY0/pan-roasted-pork-loin-and-leeks---hero-image.jpg?profile=rss" width="1200"/><media:content height="675" medium="image" type="" url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY3NTY0/pan-roasted-pork-loin-and-leeks---hero-image.jpg?profile=rss" width="1200"><media:title>pan-roasted-pork-loin-and-leeks---hero-image</media:title><media:text>Pan-Roasted Pork Loin and Leeks (Hero Image)</media:text></media:content><media:content height="675" medium="image" type="" url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY3NTYz/pan-roasted-pork-loin-and-leeks---ingredients.jpg?profile=rss" width="504"><media:title>pan-roasted-pork-loin-and-leeks---ingredients</media:title></media:content></item><item><title><![CDATA[Linguine With White Wine Clam Sauce]]></title><description><![CDATA[Briny clam sauce and tender pasta are a classic pairing. Shallot, garlic, butter, white wine, and parsley build a sauce that is rich but still bright enough for linguine. Prep Time: 15 minutesCook Time: 20 minutesTotal Time: 35 minutesServings: 4 1 cup chopped shallot4 garlic cloves, pressed or ...]]></description><link>https://delishably.com/recipes/linguine-with-white-wine-clam-sauce</link><guid isPermaLink="true">https://delishably.com/recipes/linguine-with-white-wine-clam-sauce</guid><category><![CDATA[Seafood Recipes]]></category><category><![CDATA[30-Minute Meals]]></category><category><![CDATA[Recipes]]></category><category><![CDATA[Pasta]]></category><category><![CDATA[Dinner Recipes]]></category><dc:creator><![CDATA[Shannon Barden]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Wed, 15 Apr 2026 23:23:49 GMT</pubDate><enclosure url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY3NTg0/clam-linguine-hero-image.jpg?profile=rss" length="117097" type="false"/><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Briny clam sauce and tender pasta are a classic pairing. Shallot, garlic, butter, white wine, and parsley build a sauce that is rich but still bright enough for linguine.</p><ul><li><strong>Prep Time:</strong> 15 minutes</li><li><strong>Cook Time:</strong> 20 minutes</li><li><strong>Total Time:</strong> 35 minutes</li><li><strong>Servings:</strong> 4</li></ul><figure>
                        
                        <img src="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY3NTg1/clam-linguine-ingredients-image.jpg?profile=rss" height="675" width="504">
                        
                    </figure>
                    <h2>Ingredients</h2><ul><li>1 cup chopped shallot</li><li>4 garlic cloves, pressed or finely minced</li><li>4 tablespoons unsalted butter</li><li>4 tablespoons all-purpose flour</li><li>2/3 cup dry white wine (Sauvignon Blanc or Pinot Gris)</li><li>3 dozen littleneck clams</li><li>1/2 cup minced fresh parsley leaves</li><li>1 pound linguine</li><li>kosher salt and freshly ground black pepper, to taste</li></ul><h2>Directions</h2><ol><li>Bring a large pot of generously salted water to a boil. Add <strong>1 pound linguine</strong> and cook until al dente. Reserve <strong>1 cup pasta water</strong>, then drain the linguine.</li><li>In a large pot over medium heat, melt <strong>4 tablespoons unsalted butter</strong>. Add <strong>1 cup chopped shallot</strong> and <strong>4 garlic cloves</strong>, pressed or finely minced, and cook until softened and fragrant.</li><li>Add <strong>2/3 cup dry white wine</strong> and <strong>3 dozen littleneck clams</strong>. Cover and cook until clams open, about seven minutes. (Be sure to discard any clams that do not open.)</li><li>Transfer clams to bowl and cover with foil to keep warm.</li><li>Add the drained linquine to the pot with reserved broth and toss. </li><li>Stir in <strong>1/2 cup minced fresh parsley</strong> and reserved clams and simmer until the clams are heated through. Add some of the reserved pasta water as needed to thicken the sauce. Season with kosher salt and freshly ground black pepper to taste. Serve hot.</li></ol><h2>Nutrition Facts</h2><ul><li><strong>Calories:</strong> 560 kcal</li><li><strong>Carbs:</strong> 67 g</li><li><strong>Fat:</strong> 18 g</li><li><strong>Fiber:</strong> 3 g</li><li><strong>Protein:</strong> 21 g</li><li><strong>Sodium:</strong> 980 mg</li><li><strong>Sugar:</strong> 4 g</li></ul><h2>What to Serve With</h2><ul><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/garlic-confit-bread">Garlic Confit Bread</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/lemon-garlic-kale-salad-with-toasted-almonds">Lemon Garlic Kale Salad with Toasted Almonds</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/grilled-caesar-salad">Grilled Caesar Salad</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/sauteed-broccolini-garlic">Garlic Lemon Broccolini</a></li></ul><h2>Expert Tips</h2><ul><li>Toss the pasta with the sauce over low heat so the starch and sauce bind into a glossy coating.</li><li>If the sauce thickens too much before the pasta is added, loosen it with a splash of reserved pasta water.</li></ul><h2>Substitutions</h2><ul><li>Dry white wine can be replaced with bottled clam juice for a milder sauce with less acidity.</li><li>Linguine can be replaced with spaghetti if needed, though the finished dish will feel slightly lighter and less broad in texture.</li></ul><h2>Storage</h2><p>Store cooled leftovers in an airtight container in the refrigerator for up to 2 days. Reheat in a skillet over low heat with a splash of water or clam juice to loosen the sauce. Freezing is not ideal because the pasta softens and the clams can turn tough after thawing.</p><h2>FAQs</h2><h3>Should I rinse the linguine after draining?</h3><p>No. Leave the starch on the pasta so the sauce can cling better and finish with a glossy texture.</p><h3>What kind of wine works best here?</h3><p>Use a dry white wine such as pinot grigio or sauvignon blanc. Avoid sweet wine, which can throw off the balance of the sauce.</p>]]></content:encoded><media:thumbnail height="675" url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY3NTg0/clam-linguine-hero-image.jpg?profile=rss" width="1200"/><media:content height="675" medium="image" type="" url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY3NTg0/clam-linguine-hero-image.jpg?profile=rss" width="1200"><media:title>clam-linguine-hero-image</media:title><media:text>Clam Linguine Hero Image</media:text></media:content><media:content height="675" medium="image" type="" url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY3NTg1/clam-linguine-ingredients-image.jpg?profile=rss" width="504"><media:title>clam-linguine-ingredients-image</media:title></media:content></item><item><title><![CDATA[White Bean Soup With Rosemary and Thyme]]></title><description><![CDATA[Silky blended beans and whole cannellini beans give this soup a creamy texture without cream. Garlic builds the savory base, while fresh rosemary and thyme bring brightness and depth. A small pinch of crushed red pepper adds gentle heat, making the finished soup feel more layered than its short ...]]></description><link>https://delishably.com/recipes/rosemary-garlic-bean-soup</link><guid isPermaLink="true">https://delishably.com/recipes/rosemary-garlic-bean-soup</guid><category><![CDATA[Soups, Stews & Chili Recipes]]></category><category><![CDATA[Beans]]></category><category><![CDATA[Recipes]]></category><category><![CDATA[Lunch]]></category><dc:creator><![CDATA[Shannon Barden]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Wed, 15 Apr 2026 22:28:31 GMT</pubDate><enclosure url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY3NTQ4/rosemary-garlic-cannellini-beans-soup---hero-image.jpg?profile=rss" length="84493" type="false"/><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Silky blended beans and whole cannellini beans give this soup a creamy texture without cream. Garlic builds the savory base, while fresh rosemary and thyme bring brightness and depth. A small pinch of crushed red pepper adds gentle heat, making the finished soup feel more layered than its short ingredient list suggests.</p><ul><li><strong>Prep Time:</strong> 10 minutes</li><li><strong>Cook Time:</strong> 20 minutes</li><li><strong>Total Time:</strong> 30 minutes</li><li><strong>Servings:</strong> 4</li></ul><figure>
                        
                        <img src="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY3NTQ3/rosemary-garlic-cannellini-beans-soup---ingredients.jpg?profile=rss" height="675" width="504">
                        
                    </figure>
                    <h2>Ingredients</h2><ul><li>2 tablespoons olive oil</li><li>4 garlic cloves, minced</li><li>3 cans (15 ounces each) cannellini beans</li><li>2 cups vegetable or chicken broth</li><li>1/2 teaspoon chopped fresh rosemary</li><li>1/4 teaspoon chopped fresh thyme</li><li>1/8 teaspoon crushed red pepper</li><li>1/8 teaspoon freshly cracked black pepper, plus more to taste</li><li>1/4 teaspoon kosher salt, plus more to taste</li></ul><h2>Directions</h2><ol><li>In a blender, purée <strong>1 can (15 ounces) cannellini beans</strong> with its liquid until smooth. Drain the remaining <strong>2 cans (15 ounces each) cannellini beans</strong> and set aside.</li><li>In a soup pot over medium heat, warm <strong>2 tablespoons olive oil</strong>. Add <strong>4 minced garlic cloves</strong> and cook for about <strong>1 minute</strong>, until fragrant but not browned.</li><li>Add the puréed beans, the drained beans, <strong>2 cups vegetable or chicken broth</strong>, <strong>1/2 teaspoon chopped fresh rosemary</strong>, <strong>1/4 teaspoon chopped fresh thyme</strong>, <strong>1/8 teaspoon crushed red pepper</strong>, and <strong>1/8 teaspoon freshly cracked black pepper</strong>, and stir to combine. Bring to a boil over medium-high heat, then reduce the heat to medium-low and simmer, uncovered, for <strong>15 minutes</strong>, stirring occasionally.</li><li>Lightly mash some of the beans with the back of a spoon to thicken the soup further. Season with <strong>1/4 teaspoon kosher salt</strong> and more black pepper to taste.</li><li>Serve hot, drizzled with olive oil and topped with a little more chopped rosemary and thyme, if you like.</li></ol><h2>Nutrition Facts</h2><ul><li><strong>Calories:</strong> 250 kcal</li><li><strong>Carbs:</strong> 32 g</li><li><strong>Fat:</strong> 9 g</li><li><strong>Fiber:</strong> 9 g</li><li><strong>Protein:</strong> 11 g</li><li><strong>Sodium:</strong> 620 mg</li><li><strong>Sugar:</strong> 2 g</li></ul><h2>What to Serve With</h2><ul><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/garlic-confit-bread">Garlic Confit Bread</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/crunchy-tahini-salad-with-gem-lettuce-avocado-and-walnuts">Gem Lettuce Salad With Avocado and Walnuts</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/panzanella-tuscan-bread-tomato-salad">Panzanella Tuscan Bread and Tomato Salad With Basil</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/parmesan-and-herb-garlic-crostini-baguette">Parmesan Garlic Crostini</a></li></ul><h2>Expert Tips</h2><ul><li>Cook the garlic just until fragrant. If it browns, the soup can pick up a bitter edge.</li><li>Mash only part of the beans at the end to keep some texture in the finished soup.</li><li>A blender creates the smoothest base, but an immersion blender can puree the first can directly in the pot before adding the drained beans.</li><li>If the soup thickens more than you like after simmering, stir in a small splash of broth until it reaches your preferred consistency.</li></ul><h2>Substitutions</h2><ul><li>Dried rosemary and thyme can substitute fresh if not available.</li><li>Cannellini beans can be replaced with great northern beans if needed; the soup will be slightly less creamy but still substantial.</li></ul><h2>Storage</h2><p>Store cooled soup in an airtight container in the refrigerator for up to 4 days. Reheat on the stovetop over medium-low heat or in the microwave, adding a splash of broth or water if it has thickened. Freezes well in a freezer-safe container for up to 3 months; thaw overnight in the refrigerator before reheating.</p><h2>FAQs</h2><h3>Can I make this soup with chicken broth?</h3><p>Yes. Chicken broth adds a slightly fuller savory flavor, while vegetable broth keeps the soup vegetarian.</p><h3>Do I need to soak or cook dried beans first?</h3><p>No. This recipe is written for canned cannellini beans, which keeps the texture and timing aligned with the method.</p><h3>How do I make the soup smoother?</h3><p>Blend the first can until completely smooth and mash more of the simmered beans at the end for a silkier texture.</p><h3>Can I double the recipe?</h3><p>Yes. Use a larger pot and keep the simmer steady; the timing stays close to the same once the soup reaches a boil.</p>]]></content:encoded><media:thumbnail height="675" url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY3NTQ4/rosemary-garlic-cannellini-beans-soup---hero-image.jpg?profile=rss" width="1200"/><media:content height="675" medium="image" type="" url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY3NTQ4/rosemary-garlic-cannellini-beans-soup---hero-image.jpg?profile=rss" width="1200"><media:title>rosemary-garlic-cannellini-beans-soup---hero-image</media:title><media:text>Rosemary Garlic Cannellini Beans Soup (Hero Image)</media:text></media:content><media:content height="675" medium="image" type="" url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY3NTQ3/rosemary-garlic-cannellini-beans-soup---ingredients.jpg?profile=rss" width="504"><media:title>rosemary-garlic-cannellini-beans-soup---ingredients</media:title></media:content></item><item><title><![CDATA[Slow Cooker Turkey Chili]]></title><description><![CDATA[Hearty and practical, this turkey chili leans on pantry staples and a long slow-cooker cook to build rich flavor with very little active work. Ground turkey, kidney beans, tomatoes, onion, and red bell pepper cook together until the meat is tender and the chili thickens into a satisfying bowl. Prep ...]]></description><link>https://delishably.com/recipes/slow-cooker-turkey-chili</link><guid isPermaLink="true">https://delishably.com/recipes/slow-cooker-turkey-chili</guid><category><![CDATA[Turkey]]></category><category><![CDATA[Recipes]]></category><category><![CDATA[Weeknight Dinners]]></category><category><![CDATA[Slow Cooker Recipes]]></category><category><![CDATA[Soups, Stews & Chili Recipes]]></category><category><![CDATA[Chili]]></category><dc:creator><![CDATA[Shannon Barden]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Wed, 15 Apr 2026 22:25:56 GMT</pubDate><enclosure url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY3NTc2/slow-cooker-turkey-chili-hero-image.jpg?profile=rss" length="127783" type="false"/><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Hearty and practical, this turkey chili leans on pantry staples and a long slow-cooker cook to build rich flavor with very little active work. Ground turkey, kidney beans, tomatoes, onion, and red bell pepper cook together until the meat is tender and the chili thickens into a satisfying bowl.</p><ul><li><strong>Prep Time:</strong> 15 minutes</li><li><strong>Cook Time:</strong> 8 hours</li><li><strong>Total Time:</strong> 8 hours 15 minutes</li><li><strong>Servings:</strong> 6</li></ul><figure>
                        
                        <img src="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY3NTU0/slow-cooker-turkey-chili---ingredients.jpg?profile=rss" height="675" width="504">
                        
                    </figure>
                    <h2>Ingredients</h2><ul><li>1 red bell pepper, diced</li><li>1 medium onion, diced</li><li>1 (15-ounce) can tomato sauce</li><li>1 (15-ounce) can red kidney beans, drained</li><li>1 (28-ounce) can diced tomatoes</li><li>1 tablespoon garlic powder</li><li>3 tablespoons chili powder</li><li>1 1/2 tablespoons ground cumin</li><li>1 teaspoon ground coriander</li><li>1 tablespoon paprika</li><li>1/2 tablespoon dried oregano</li><li>1 teaspoon cayenne pepper</li><li>2 pounds extra-lean ground turkey</li><li>kosher salt and freshly ground black pepper, to taste</li></ul><h3>To Serve </h3><ul><li>corn chips, sharp cheddar cheese, <a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/quick-pickled-red-onions">pickled red onions</a>, sliced jalapeño, chopped fresh cilantro, sour cream or greek yogurt, avocado, lime wedges</li></ul><h2>Directions</h2><ol><li>In the bowl of a slow cooker, combine <strong>1 diced red bell pepper</strong>, <strong>1 diced medium onion</strong>, <strong>1 (15-ounce) can tomato sauce</strong>, <strong>1 drained (15-ounce) can red kidney beans</strong>, <strong>1 (28-ounce) can diced tomatoes</strong>, <strong>1 tablespoon garlic powder</strong>, <strong>3 tablespoons chili powder</strong>, <strong>1 1/2 tablespoons ground cumin</strong>,<strong> 1 teaspoon ground coriander</strong>, <strong>1 tablespoon paprika</strong>, <strong>1/2 tablespoon dried oregano</strong>, and <strong>1 teaspoon cayenne pepper</strong>. Stir well.</li><li>Add <strong>2 pounds extra-lean ground turkey</strong> and stir again so the meat is well coated with the tomato mixture and seasonings.</li><li>Cover and cook on low for <strong>8 hours</strong>, until the turkey is cooked through and the chili is thick and flavorful.</li><li>Taste and season with kosher salt and freshly ground black pepper before serving.</li><li>Serve hot with corn chips, sharp cheddar, pickled red onions, sliced jalapeño, cilantro, and any other toppings you like.</li></ol><h2>Nutrition Facts</h2><ul><li><strong>Calories:</strong> 318 kcal</li><li><strong>Carbs:</strong> 18 g</li><li><strong>Fat:</strong> 10 g</li><li><strong>Fiber:</strong> 5 g</li><li><strong>Protein:</strong> 35 g</li><li><strong>Sodium:</strong> 690 mg</li><li><strong>Sugar:</strong> 7 g</li></ul><h2>What to Serve With</h2><ul><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/mexican-rice">Mexican Rice</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/the-easiest-and-best-cornbread-recipe">The Easiest and Best Cornbread Recipe</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/pull-apart-cheese-bread-recipe">Pull-Apart Cheese Bread Recipe</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/quick-salsa-with-tomatoes-lime-and-cilantro">Quick Salsa</a></li></ul><h2>Expert Tips</h2><ul><li>Break up the ground turkey well when you stir it in so it cooks into small, even pieces instead of large clumps.</li><li>If the chili tastes flat at the end of cooking, add kosher salt first before adding more spice; long slow cooking can mute seasoning.</li><li>For a thicker texture, uncover the slow cooker for the last 20 to 30 minutes so some excess moisture can evaporate.</li><li>Cayenne pepper brings noticeable heat. Reduce it if you want a milder bowl.</li><li>The serving suggestions included with the source are not part of the core ingredient list, so they are kept out of the ingredients array.</li></ul><h2>Substitutions</h2><ul><li>Red kidney beans can be replaced with pinto beans for a softer texture and a slightly earthier flavor.</li><li>Extra-lean ground turkey can be replaced with lean ground chicken if that is what you have on hand; the chili will taste slightly milder.</li><li>Tomato sauce can be replaced with crushed tomatoes for a chunkier finished chili.</li></ul><h2>Storage</h2><p>Store cooled chili in an airtight container in the refrigerator for up to 4 days. Freeze in freezer-safe containers or portions for up to 3 months. Thaw overnight in the refrigerator and reheat on the stovetop or in the microwave until hot throughout.</p><h2>FAQs</h2><h3>Can I cook this chili on high instead of low?</h3><p>Yes. Cook it on high for 4 to 5 hours, checking that the turkey is fully cooked and the chili has thickened.</p><h3>Do I need to brown the turkey first?</h3><p>No. The recipe is written for raw turkey to cook directly in the slow cooker, which keeps prep simple.</p><h3>How can I make the chili thicker?</h3><p>Cook it uncovered for the last 20 to 30 minutes, or mash some of the beans into the liquid before serving.</p><h3>Is this chili very spicy?</h3><p>It has moderate heat from the cayenne pepper. For a milder chili, reduce the cayenne in the base.</p>]]></content:encoded><media:thumbnail height="675" url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY3NTc2/slow-cooker-turkey-chili-hero-image.jpg?profile=rss" width="1200"/><media:content height="675" medium="image" type="" url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY3NTc2/slow-cooker-turkey-chili-hero-image.jpg?profile=rss" width="1200"><media:title>slow-cooker-turkey-chili-hero-image</media:title><media:text>Slow Cooker Turkey Chili Hero Image</media:text></media:content><media:content height="675" medium="image" type="" url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY3NTU0/slow-cooker-turkey-chili---ingredients.jpg?profile=rss" width="504"><media:title>slow-cooker-turkey-chili---ingredients</media:title></media:content></item><item><title><![CDATA[Pan-Roasted Cumin Sea Bass]]></title><description><![CDATA[Sea bass cooks quickly, making it a strong choice for a streamlined dinner that still feels polished. Here, toasted cumin seeds are ground with kosher salt and black pepper, then pressed onto the fish before a fast stovetop sear and short oven finish. Parsley and lemon keep the final plate bright. ...]]></description><link>https://delishably.com/recipes/cumin-sea-bass</link><guid isPermaLink="true">https://delishably.com/recipes/cumin-sea-bass</guid><category><![CDATA[Dinner Recipes]]></category><category><![CDATA[30-Minute Meals]]></category><category><![CDATA[Recipes]]></category><category><![CDATA[Seafood Recipes]]></category><category><![CDATA[Fish]]></category><dc:creator><![CDATA[Shannon Barden]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Wed, 15 Apr 2026 18:34:06 GMT</pubDate><enclosure url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY3NTI4/pan-roasted-cumin-sea-bass---hero-image.jpg?profile=rss" length="127667" type="false"/><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Sea bass cooks quickly, making it a strong choice for a streamlined dinner that still feels polished. Here, toasted cumin seeds are ground with kosher salt and black pepper, then pressed onto the fish before a fast stovetop sear and short oven finish. Parsley and lemon keep the final plate bright.</p><ul><li><strong>Prep Time:</strong> 10 minutes</li><li><strong>Cook Time:</strong> 10 minutes</li><li><strong>Total Time:</strong> 20 minutes</li><li><strong>Servings:</strong> 4</li></ul><figure>
                        
                        <img src="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY3NTI3/pan-roasted-cumin-sea-bass---ingredients.jpg?profile=rss" height="675" width="504">
                        
                    </figure>
                    <h2>Ingredients</h2><ul><li>2 tablespoons cumin seeds</li><li>1/2 teaspoon kosher salt</li><li>1/4 teaspoon freshly ground black pepper</li><li>4 sea bass fillets, about 6 ounces each</li><li>1 tablespoon olive oil</li><li>2 tablespoons chopped fresh parsley</li><li>4 lemon wedges</li></ul><h2>Directions</h2><ol><li>Heat the oven to 375 F.</li><li>In a large dry skillet over medium heat, toast <strong>2 tablespoons cumin seeds</strong> until fragrant, about 2 minutes. Transfer the cumin to a spice grinder or mortar and pestle, add <strong>1/2 teaspoon kosher salt</strong> and <strong>1/4 teaspoon freshly ground black pepper</strong>, and grind until fairly fine.</li><li>On a work surface, rub the cumin mixture over both sides of <strong>4 sea bass fillets</strong>, pressing lightly so it adheres.</li><li>In a large ovenproof skillet over medium-high heat, heat <strong>1 tablespoon olive oil</strong>. Add the fillets and cook until browned, about 2 minutes per side.</li><li>Transfer the skillet to the oven and bake until the fish flakes easily, about 4 minutes more.</li><li>Sprinkle the fish with <strong>2 tablespoons chopped fresh parsley</strong> and serve with <strong>4 lemon wedges</strong>.</li></ol><h2>Nutrition Facts</h2><ul><li><strong>Calories:</strong> 230 kcal</li><li><strong>Carbs:</strong> 2 g</li><li><strong>Fat:</strong> 10 g</li><li><strong>Fiber:</strong> 1 g</li><li><strong>Protein:</strong> 31 g</li><li><strong>Sodium:</strong> 360 mg</li></ul><h2>What to Serve With</h2><ul><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/greek-lemon-potatoes">Greek Lemon Potatoes</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/basmati-rice-pilaf">Basmati Rice Pilaf</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/lemon-pearl-couscous-salad-with-arugula-and-feta">Lemon Pearl Couscous Salad With Arugula and Feta</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/creamy-mashed-potatoes-recipe">Creamy Mashed Potatoes</a></li></ul><h2>Expert Tips</h2><ul><li>Toast the cumin seeds just until fragrant. If they darken too much, the crust can taste bitter.</li><li>Press the spice mixture onto the fillets so it adheres before the fish hits the skillet.</li><li>Use an ovenproof skillet large enough to hold the fillets without crowding so they brown instead of steam.</li><li>If you don't have a spice grinder or mortar and pestle, place inside a zip top bag and use a rolling pin or heavy skillet to crush the spices.</li><li>Thicker fillets may need a few extra minutes in the oven before they flake easily.</li></ul><h2>Substitutions</h2><ul><li>Sea bass can be replaced with halibut fillets for a firmer texture and similar roasting time.</li><li>Fresh parsley can be replaced with fresh cilantro for a more assertive herbal finish.</li><li>Lemon wedges can be replaced with lime wedges for a sharper, slightly more bitter citrus note.</li></ul><h2>Storage</h2><p>Store cooled sea bass in an airtight container in the refrigerator for up to 2 days. Reheat in a 300 F oven until warmed through, or serve cold over salad. Freezing is not ideal because the fish can turn dry and lose its delicate texture after thawing.</p><h2>FAQs</h2><h3>Can I use ground cumin instead of cumin seeds?</h3><p>Yes. Use less than the seed amount since ground cumin is more concentrated. The flavor will be slightly flatter because you lose the fresh aroma from toasting whole seeds.</p><h3>How do I know when sea bass is done?</h3><p>The fillets should flake easily with a fork and look opaque through the center. If you use a thermometer, fish is done at 145 F.</p><h3>Do I need an ovenproof skillet?</h3><p>No. Sear the fish in any skillet, then transfer it to a small baking dish to finish in the oven.</p><h3>Can I make the cumin mixture ahead?</h3><p>Yes. Grind the toasted cumin with the salt and pepper a few hours ahead and keep it covered at room temperature until you season the fish.</p>]]></content:encoded><media:thumbnail height="675" url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY3NTI4/pan-roasted-cumin-sea-bass---hero-image.jpg?profile=rss" width="1200"/><media:content height="675" medium="image" type="" url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY3NTI4/pan-roasted-cumin-sea-bass---hero-image.jpg?profile=rss" width="1200"><media:title>pan-roasted-cumin-sea-bass---hero-image</media:title><media:text>Pan-Roasted Cumin Sea Bass (Hero Image)</media:text></media:content><media:content height="675" medium="image" type="" url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY3NTI3/pan-roasted-cumin-sea-bass---ingredients.jpg?profile=rss" width="504"><media:title>pan-roasted-cumin-sea-bass---ingredients</media:title></media:content></item><item><title><![CDATA[Baked Penne With Chicken Sausage and Three Cheeses]]></title><description><![CDATA[This is the kind of baked pasta that works just as well for a weeknight dinner as it does for a casual gathering. Chicken sausage gives the sauce depth without making it too heavy, while ricotta, mozzarella, and parmesan melt into the penne for a casserole that stays creamy in the center and crisp ...]]></description><link>https://delishably.com/recipes/baked-penne-sausage</link><guid isPermaLink="true">https://delishably.com/recipes/baked-penne-sausage</guid><category><![CDATA[Pasta]]></category><category><![CDATA[Recipes]]></category><category><![CDATA[Dinner Recipes]]></category><category><![CDATA[Weeknight Dinners]]></category><category><![CDATA[Chicken]]></category><dc:creator><![CDATA[Shannon Barden]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Wed, 15 Apr 2026 18:15:44 GMT</pubDate><enclosure url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY3NTM2/penne-with-chicken-and-three-cheese-hero-image.jpg?profile=rss" length="154944" type="false"/><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>This is the kind of baked pasta that works just as well for a weeknight dinner as it does for a casual gathering. Chicken sausage gives the sauce depth without making it too heavy, while ricotta, mozzarella, and parmesan melt into the penne for a casserole that stays creamy in the center and crisp at the edges.</p><ul><li><strong>Prep Time:</strong> 20 minutes</li><li><strong>Cook Time:</strong> 55 minutes</li><li><strong>Total Time:</strong> 75 minutes</li><li><strong>Servings:</strong> 6</li></ul><h2>Ingredients</h2><ul><li>2 tablespoons olive oil</li><li>1 yellow onion, chopped</li><li>3 garlic cloves, minced</li><li>1 pound chicken or turkey sausage, casings removed</li><li>2 teaspoons dried oregano</li><li>1/2 teaspoon red pepper flakes</li><li>1 can (28 ounces) whole tomatoes in puree</li><li>kosher salt and freshly ground pepper, to taste</li><li>1 pound penne pasta</li><li>1 1/4 cups ricotta cheese</li><li>2 cups cubed buffalo mozzarella cheese</li><li>1/2 cup grated parmesan cheese</li></ul><h2>Directions</h2><ol><li>In a large pan over medium heat, warm <strong>2 tablespoons olive oil</strong>. Add <strong>1 chopped yellow onion</strong> and cook until golden, about <strong>5 minutes</strong>. Add <strong>3 minced garlic cloves</strong> and cook, stirring, for <strong>1 minute</strong>. Add <strong>1 pound chicken or turkey sausage</strong>, removed from its casings, and cook, breaking it into bite-size pieces, until no longer pink, about <strong>6 minutes</strong>. Stir in <strong>2 teaspoons dried oregano</strong> and <strong>1/2 teaspoon red pepper flakes</strong>.</li><li>Add <strong>1 can (28 ounces) tomatoes in puree</strong>. Bring to a simmer, breaking up the tomatoes with the back of a spoon as the sauce cooks. Reduce the heat to medium-low and cook, stirring occasionally, until thickened, <strong>10 to 12 minutes</strong>. Taste and season with kosher salt and freshly ground black pepper as needed.</li><li>Preheat the oven to <strong>350 F</strong> and lightly oil a baking dish. Bring a large pot of salted water to a boil. Add <strong>1 pound penne</strong> and cook until barely al dente, <strong>10 to 12 minutes</strong>. Drain well.</li><li>In a large bowl, toss the cooked penne with the sauce, <strong>1 1/4 cups ricotta</strong>, and <strong>1 1/2 cups of the mozzarella</strong>. Spread the mixture in the prepared baking dish and sprinkle with <strong>1/2 cup grated parmesan</strong> and remaining mozzerella. Bake until the cheeses are melted and the tips of the pasta are crusty, about <strong>30 minutes</strong>. Let stand for <strong>5 minutes</strong> before serving.</li></ol><h2>Nutrition Facts</h2><ul><li><strong>Calories:</strong> 690 kcal</li><li><strong>Carbs:</strong> 58 g</li><li><strong>Fat:</strong> 35 g</li><li><strong>Fiber:</strong> 4 g</li><li><strong>Protein:</strong> 34 g</li><li><strong>Sodium:</strong> 980 mg</li><li><strong>Sugar:</strong> 8 g</li></ul><h2>What to Serve With</h2><ul><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/kale-caesar-salad-with-anchovy-dressing-and-toasted-breadcrumbs">Kale Caesar Salad With Anchovy Dressing and Toasted Breadcrumbs</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/grilled-caesar-salad">Grilled Caesar Salad</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/sauteed-broccolini-garlic">Garlic Lemon Broccolini</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/garlic-confit-bread">Garlic Confit Bread</a></li></ul><h2>Expert Tips</h2><ul><li>Break the sausage into bite-size pieces as it cooks so the meat distributes evenly through the pasta instead of forming large chunks.</li><li>Simmer the tomato mixture until it looks slightly thicker than jarred pasta sauce; a loose sauce can make the baked penne watery.</li><li>Let the casserole stand for 5 minutes after baking so the ricotta settles and the servings hold together more cleanly.</li><li>Use a 9-by-13-inch baking dish or a similar 3-quart baking dish so the pasta bakes in an even layer.</li><li>Cook the penne just to barely al dente so it finishes in the oven without turning soft.</li><li>Use kitchen scissors to cut up tomatoes inside can before adding to pot, instead of breaking up with the back of a spoon.</li></ul><h2>Substitutions</h2><ul><li>Buffalo mozzerella cheese can be replaced with shredded mozzarella cheese.</li><li>Yellow onion can be replaced with white onion for a sharper, cleaner onion flavor in the sauce.</li></ul><h2>Storage</h2><p>Cool leftovers, then transfer to an airtight container or cover the baking dish tightly. Refrigerate for up to 4 days. Freezes well for up to 2 months in a freezer-safe container. Thaw overnight in the refrigerator and reheat, covered, in a 350 F oven until hot.</p><h2>FAQs</h2><h3>Can I assemble baked penne ahead of time?</h3><p>Yes. Assemble the dish, cover, and refrigerate for up to 24 hours before baking. Add a few extra minutes to the bake time if it goes into the oven cold.</p><h3>What baking dish size works best?</h3><p>A 9-by-13-inch baking dish or a similar 3-quart casserole dish gives the pasta enough surface area to brown without drying out.</p><h3>Why should the pasta be barely al dente?</h3><p>The penne continues cooking as it bakes in the sauce and cheese. Starting with barely al dente pasta keeps the final texture from turning soft.</p><h3>Can I use mozzarella instead of fontina?</h3><p>Yes. Mozzarella gives the dish a familiar stretchy melt, while fontina makes it slightly richer and more savory.</p>]]></content:encoded><media:thumbnail height="675" url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY3NTM2/penne-with-chicken-and-three-cheese-hero-image.jpg?profile=rss" width="1200"/><media:content height="675" medium="image" type="" url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY3NTM2/penne-with-chicken-and-three-cheese-hero-image.jpg?profile=rss" width="1200"><media:title>penne-with-chicken-and-three-cheese-hero-image</media:title><media:text>Penne with Chicken and Three Cheese Hero Image</media:text></media:content></item><item><title><![CDATA[Ginger-Scallion Striped Bass With Asparagus]]></title><description><![CDATA[This is the kind of fish dinner that feels restaurant-like without asking much of the cook. The bass cooks quickly under the broiler, while a hot ginger-scallion oil brings brightness and a little heat. Stir-fried asparagus alongside keeps the plate balanced and lets the fish stay the focus. Prep ...]]></description><link>https://delishably.com/recipes/broiled-striped-bass</link><guid isPermaLink="true">https://delishably.com/recipes/broiled-striped-bass</guid><category><![CDATA[Fish]]></category><category><![CDATA[Recipes]]></category><category><![CDATA[30-Minute Meals]]></category><category><![CDATA[Weeknight Dinners]]></category><category><![CDATA[Seafood Recipes]]></category><category><![CDATA[Dinner Recipes]]></category><dc:creator><![CDATA[Shannon Barden]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Wed, 15 Apr 2026 16:23:48 GMT</pubDate><enclosure url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY3NDky/broiled-striped-bass-with-ginger-scallions-oil---hero-image.jpg?profile=rss" length="167746" type="false"/><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>This is the kind of fish dinner that feels restaurant-like without asking much of the cook. The bass cooks quickly under the broiler, while a hot ginger-scallion oil brings brightness and a little heat. Stir-fried asparagus alongside keeps the plate balanced and lets the fish stay the focus.</p><ul><li><strong>Prep Time:</strong> 15 minutes</li><li><strong>Cook Time:</strong> 13 minutes</li><li><strong>Total Time:</strong> 28 minutes</li><li><strong>Servings:</strong> 4</li></ul><figure>
                        
                        <img src="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY3NDkx/broiled-striped-bass-with-ginger-scallions-oil---ingredients.jpg?profile=rss" height="675" width="504">
                        
                    </figure>
                    <h2>Ingredients</h2><h3><strong>Striped Sea Bass</strong></h3><ul><li>4 skinless striped bass fillets, about 5 ounces each and about 1 inch thick, or another sturdy white fish, such as halibut or swordfish</li><li>kosher salt and freshly ground black pepper</li></ul><h3>Ginger-Scallion Oil</h3><ul><li>4 scallions, thinly sliced</li><li>2 tablespoons minced fresh ginger</li><li>1 garlic clove, minced</li><li>1/4 teaspoon crushed red pepper</li><li>1/4 cup neutral oil</li><li>1-2 tablespoons fresh lemon juice</li><li>1 tablespoon soy sauce</li><li>1/2 teaspoon kosher salt</li></ul><h3>Asparagus</h3><ul><li>1 - 2 tablespoons olive oil</li><li>1 pound thin asparagus, cut into 3-inch lengths</li><li>1 large garlic clove, minced</li><li>1/4 teaspoon red pepper flakes</li><li>1 teaspoon sesame oil</li><li>1/2 teaspoon finely grated lemon zest</li><li>kosher salt and freshly ground black pepper, plus more to taste</li></ul><h2>Directions</h2><ol><li>In a heatproof bowl, combine <strong>4 thinly sliced scallions</strong>, <strong>2 tablespoons minced fresh ginger</strong>, <strong>1 minced garlic clove</strong>, and <strong>1/4 teaspoon crushed red pepper</strong>. In a small saucepan, heat <strong>1/4 cup neutral oil</strong> just until shimmering, then pour it over the scallion mixture. Stir in <strong>1 to 2 tablespoons fresh lemon juice</strong>, <strong>1 tablespoon soy sauce</strong>, and <strong>1/2 teaspoon kosher salt</strong>, and set aside while the flavors mingle.</li><li>Heat the broiler and position a rack fairly close to the heat. Arrange <strong>4 skinless striped bass fillets</strong> on a broiler pan or foil-lined baking sheet, season lightly with kosher salt and freshly ground black pepper, and brush both sides with half of the ginger-scallion oil. Broil until the fish is just cooked through and beginning to flake, <strong>5 to 6 minutes</strong>, depending on thickness.</li><li>In a large skillet over medium-high heat, heat <strong>1-2 tablespoons olive oil</strong>. Add <strong>1 pound thin asparagus</strong>, cut into <strong>3-inch lengths</strong>, and cook, stirring often, until crisp-tender and browned in spots, about <strong>5 minutes</strong>. Add <strong>1 large minced garlic clove</strong> and <strong>1/4 teaspoon red pepper flakes</strong> and cook for about <strong>1 minute more</strong>, until fragrant. Remove from the heat, season with kosher salt and freshly ground black pepper, then toss with <strong>1 teaspoon sesame oil</strong> and <strong>1/2 teaspoon finely grated lemon zest</strong>.</li><li>Transfer the bass to plates, spoon the remaining ginger-scallion oil over the top, and serve with the asparagus alongside.</li></ol><h2>Nutrition Facts</h2><ul><li><strong>Calories:</strong> 360 kcal</li><li><strong>Carbs:</strong> 6 g</li><li><strong>Fat:</strong> 24 g</li><li><strong>Fiber:</strong> 2 g</li><li><strong>Protein:</strong> 29 g</li><li><strong>Sodium:</strong> 980 mg</li><li><strong>Sugar:</strong> 2 g</li></ul><h2>What to Serve With</h2><ul><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/coconut-ginger-jasmine-rice">Coconut Ginger Jasmine Rice</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/basmati-rice-pilaf">Basmati Rice Pilaf</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/spicy-sesame-cucumber-salad">Spicy Sesame Cucumber Salad</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/summer-squash-salad">Summer Squash Salad</a></li></ul><h2>Expert Tips</h2><ul><li>Use a heatproof bowl for the scallion mixture so the hot oil blooms the ginger, garlic, and red pepper properly.</li><li>Keep the fish close to the broiler so it cooks quickly and stays moist. The fish cooks quickly, so be sure to keep an eye on it.</li><li>Cook the asparagus over medium-high heat without crowding the skillet so it browns in spots rather than steaming.</li><li>Thin fillets may finish in less than 5 minutes under the broiler, so start checking early.</li></ul><h2>Substitutions</h2><ul><li>Striped bass can be replaced with halibut or another sturdy white fish with a similar cooking time.</li><li>Asparagus can be replaced with green beans, though they may need a few extra minutes in the skillet.</li></ul><h2>Storage</h2><p>Store the fish, asparagus, and any remaining ginger-scallion oil in separate airtight containers in the refrigerator for up to 2 days. Reheat the fish and asparagus gently in a skillet or low oven until warmed through. This dish is best eaten fresh, and the cooked fish does not freeze especially well.</p><h2>FAQs</h2><h3>Can I use skin-on fish fillets?</h3><p>Yes. Broil them skin-side down and leave the skin behind on the pan, if you like. The flesh will still take on the flavor of the ginger-scallion oil.</p><h3>How do I know when the bass is done?</h3><p>The fish should look opaque and flake easily at the thickest part. If using a thermometer, aim for 145 F.</p><h3>Can I make the ginger-scallion oil ahead?</h3><p>Yes. Make it a few hours ahead and keep it at room temperature if serving the same day. Stir before using.</p><h3>What if I do not have a broiler pan?</h3><p>A foil-lined rimmed baking sheet works well. Keep the fillets in a single layer so the heat circulates evenly.</p>]]></content:encoded><media:thumbnail height="675" url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY3NDky/broiled-striped-bass-with-ginger-scallions-oil---hero-image.jpg?profile=rss" width="1200"/><media:content height="675" medium="image" type="" url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY3NDky/broiled-striped-bass-with-ginger-scallions-oil---hero-image.jpg?profile=rss" width="1200"><media:title>broiled-striped-bass-with-ginger-scallions-oil---hero-image</media:title><media:text>Broiled Striped Bass With Ginger-Scallions Oil (Hero Image)</media:text></media:content><media:content height="675" medium="image" type="" url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY3NDkx/broiled-striped-bass-with-ginger-scallions-oil---ingredients.jpg?profile=rss" width="504"><media:title>broiled-striped-bass-with-ginger-scallions-oil---ingredients</media:title></media:content></item><item><title><![CDATA[Chicken Alfredo Skillet]]></title><description><![CDATA[This skillet chicken alfredo keeps dinner streamlined by cooking the penne right in the pan. Heavy cream and Parmesan finish the sauce, while seared chicken makes it hearty enough for a full meal. Prep Time: 10 minutesCook Time: 25 minutesTotal Time: 35 minutesServings: 6 1 1/2 pounds boneless, ...]]></description><link>https://delishably.com/recipes/chicken-alfredo-skillet</link><guid isPermaLink="true">https://delishably.com/recipes/chicken-alfredo-skillet</guid><category><![CDATA[30-Minute Meals]]></category><category><![CDATA[Dinner Recipes]]></category><category><![CDATA[Recipes]]></category><category><![CDATA[Chicken]]></category><category><![CDATA[Pasta]]></category><category><![CDATA[Skillet Recipes for Weeknights]]></category><dc:creator><![CDATA[Felicia Garrett]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Wed, 15 Apr 2026 14:49:18 GMT</pubDate><enclosure url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY3NDA0/chicken-alfredo.jpg?profile=rss" length="170098" type="false"/><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>This skillet chicken alfredo keeps dinner streamlined by cooking the penne right in the pan. Heavy cream and Parmesan finish the sauce, while seared chicken makes it hearty enough for a full meal.</p><ul><li><strong>Prep Time:</strong> 10 minutes</li><li><strong>Cook Time:</strong> 25 minutes</li><li><strong>Total Time:</strong> 35 minutes</li><li><strong>Servings:</strong> 6</li></ul><figure>
                        
                        <img src="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY3NDAy/chicken-alfredo-penne-skillet-ingredients.jpg?profile=rss" height="675" width="504">
                        
                    </figure>
                    <h2>Ingredients</h2><ul><li>1 1/2 pounds boneless, skinless chicken breasts</li><li>1 teaspoon kosher salt</li><li>1/2 teaspoon freshly ground black pepper</li><li>2 tablespoons unsalted butter</li><li>1 teaspoon minced garlic</li><li>4 cups low-sodium chicken broth</li><li>1 pound dried penne rigate pasta</li><li>1 1/2 cups heavy cream, warmed</li><li>1 cup freshly grated Parmesan cheese, plus more for serving</li><li>1/4 cup coarsely chopped fresh flat-leaf parsley leaves, for serving</li></ul><h2>Directions</h2><ol><li>Season <strong>1 1/2 pounds boneless, skinless chicken breasts</strong> all over with <strong>1 teaspoon kosher salt</strong> and <strong>1/2 teaspoon freshly ground black pepper</strong>. In a large deep skillet over medium-high heat, melt <strong>2 tablespoons unsalted butter</strong>. Add the chicken and cook for 4 to 5 minutes per side, until golden and cooked through. Transfer to a cutting board, let rest for 5 minutes, then slice into bite-size pieces.</li><li>Reduce the heat to medium, add <strong>1 teaspoon minced garlic</strong> to the same skillet, and cook for 30 seconds, until fragrant.</li><li>Pour in <strong>4 cups low-sodium chicken broth</strong>, scraping up any browned bits from the bottom of the pan, then add <strong>1 pound dried penne rigate</strong> and bring to a boil.</li><li>Reduce to a steady simmer and cook, stirring often, for 10 to 12 minutes, until the pasta is just tender and most of the broth has been absorbed.</li><li>Lower the heat and stir in <strong>1 1/2 cups warmed heavy cream</strong>. Cook for 1 to 2 minutes, until hot.</li><li>Add <strong>1 cup freshly grated Parmesan cheese</strong> a handful at a time, stirring until melted and smooth. Return the sliced chicken to the skillet and toss until coated in the sauce. Taste and season with more salt and black pepper as needed.</li><li>Divide among bowls and top with more Parmesan and <strong>1/4 cup coarsely chopped fresh flat-leaf parsley</strong>.</li></ol><h2>Nutrition Facts</h2><ul><li><strong>Calories:</strong> 690 kcal</li><li><strong>Carbs:</strong> 49 g</li><li><strong>Fat:</strong> 34 g</li><li><strong>Fiber:</strong> 2 g</li><li><strong>Protein:</strong> 44 g</li><li><strong>Sodium:</strong> 690 mg</li><li><strong>Sugar:</strong> 3 g</li></ul><h2>What to Serve With</h2><ul><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/lemon-garlic-kale-salad-with-toasted-almonds">Lemon Garlic Kale Salad with Toasted Almonds</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/sauteed-broccoli-garlic-lemon">Broccoli With Garlic and Red Pepper Flakes</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/sheet-pan-roasted-vegetables">Sheet-Pan Roasted Vegetables</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/garlic-confit-bread">Garlic Confit Bread</a></li></ul><h2>Expert Tips</h2><ul><li>Slice the chicken only after the 5-minute rest so the juices stay in the meat instead of running onto the board.</li><li>Stir the pasta often as it simmers so it cooks evenly and does not stick to the bottom of the skillet.</li><li>Add the Parmesan in small handfuls rather than all at once so the sauce stays glossy and smooth.</li><li>Warm the cream before adding it so the sauce stays smooth when it hits the hot pasta.</li><li>Grate the Parmesan finely so it melts quickly and does not clump in the sauce.</li></ul><h2>Substitutions</h2><ul><li>Use ziti in place of penne rigate for a similar shape and cooking time.</li><li>Heavy cream can be replaced with half-and-half for a lighter sauce that will be a bit less rich.</li><li>Flat-leaf parsley can be replaced with chopped chives for a milder fresh finish.</li></ul><h2>Storage</h2><p>Store leftovers in an airtight container in the refrigerator for up to 3 days. Reheat in a skillet or saucepan over low heat with a small splash of chicken broth or cream to loosen the sauce. Freezing is not ideal because the cream sauce can separate, but it can be frozen for up to 1 month if needed.</p><h2>FAQs</h2><h3>Can I use half-and-half instead of heavy cream?</h3><p>Yes. The sauce will be slightly lighter and a little less thick, but it will still coat the pasta well if you add the Parmesan gradually.</p><h3>Why is my sauce too thick after standing?</h3><p>Pasta keeps absorbing liquid as it sits. Stir in a small splash of warm chicken broth or cream while reheating to loosen the sauce.</p><h3>Can I use pre-shredded Parmesan?</h3><p>Freshly grated Parmesan melts more smoothly. Pre-shredded cheese often contains anti-caking agents that can make the sauce grainy.</p><h3>What pasta shapes work best here?</h3><p>Penne rigate and ziti are the best matches because they cook in a similar time and hold the Alfredo-style sauce well.</p>]]></content:encoded><media:thumbnail height="675" url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY3NDA0/chicken-alfredo.jpg?profile=rss" width="1200"/><media:content height="675" medium="image" type="" url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY3NDA0/chicken-alfredo.jpg?profile=rss" width="1200"><media:title>chicken-alfredo</media:title><media:text>Chicken Alfredo</media:text></media:content><media:content height="675" medium="image" type="" url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY3NDAy/chicken-alfredo-penne-skillet-ingredients.jpg?profile=rss" width="504"><media:title>chicken-alfredo-penne-skillet-ingredients</media:title></media:content></item><item><title><![CDATA[Shrimp Pad Thai]]></title><description><![CDATA[Pad Thai balances chewy rice noodles, quick-cooked shrimp, tender egg, and crisp vegetables in a glossy sauce. This version keeps the process straightforward while delivering the sweet, salty, tangy, and spicy balance that gives the dish its familiar takeout-style flavor. Prep Time: 20 minutesCook ...]]></description><link>https://delishably.com/recipes/shrimp-pad-thai</link><guid isPermaLink="true">https://delishably.com/recipes/shrimp-pad-thai</guid><category><![CDATA[Seafood Recipes]]></category><category><![CDATA[Shrimp]]></category><category><![CDATA[Recipes]]></category><category><![CDATA[Dinner Recipes]]></category><category><![CDATA[30-Minute Meals]]></category><category><![CDATA[Asian]]></category><dc:creator><![CDATA[Felicia Garrett]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Wed, 15 Apr 2026 14:33:37 GMT</pubDate><enclosure url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY3NDI3/shrimp-pad-thai-with-peanuts-and-limes---hero-image.jpg?profile=rss" length="145493" type="false"/><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Pad Thai balances chewy rice noodles, quick-cooked shrimp, tender egg, and crisp vegetables in a glossy sauce. This version keeps the process straightforward while delivering the sweet, salty, tangy, and spicy balance that gives the dish its familiar takeout-style flavor.</p><ul><li><strong>Prep Time:</strong> 20 minutes</li><li><strong>Cook Time:</strong> 10 minutes</li><li><strong>Total Time:</strong> 30 minutes</li><li><strong>Servings:</strong> 4</li></ul><figure>
                        
                        <img src="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY3NDI2/shrimp-pad-thai-with-peanuts-and-limes---ingredients.jpg?profile=rss" height="675" width="504">
                        
                    </figure>
                    <h2>Ingredients</h2><h3>Pad Thai</h3><ul><li>8 ounces flat rice noodles</li><li>3 tablespoons neutral oil</li><li>3 cloves garlic, minced</li><li>8 ounces uncooked shrimp, cut into small pieces</li><li>2 eggs, lightly beaten</li><li>1 cup fresh bean sprouts</li><li>1 red bell pepper, thinly sliced</li><li>1 medium carrot, shredded or cut into thin matchsticks</li><li>3 green onions, chopped</li><li>1/2 cup dry roasted peanuts, chopped</li><li>2 limes, cut into wedges</li><li>1/2 cup chopped fresh cilantro</li></ul><h3>Sauce</h3><ul><li>3 tablespoons fish sauce</li><li>1 tablespoon low-sodium soy sauce</li><li>5 tablespoons light brown sugar</li><li>2 tablespoons rice vinegar</li><li>1 tablespoon sriracha, plus more to taste</li><li>2 tablespoons creamy peanut butter, optional, for a slightly richer sauce</li></ul><h2>Directions</h2><ol><li>In a large bowl, cover <strong>8 ounces flat rice noodles</strong> with very warm water. Let sit for 15 to 20 minutes, until pliable but not fully soft. Drain and set aside. </li><li>In a small bowl, whisk together <strong>3 tablespoons fish sauce</strong>, <strong>1 tablespoon low-sodium soy sauce</strong>, <strong>5 tablespoons light brown sugar</strong>, <strong>2 tablespoons rice vinegar</strong>, <strong>1 tablespoon sriracha</strong>, and <strong>2 tablespoons creamy peanut butter</strong>, if using, until smooth. </li><li>In a large skillet or wok over medium-high heat, heat <strong>1 tablespoon oil</strong>. Add <strong>8 ounces uncooked shrimp</strong> and cook for 2 to 4 minutes, until just cooked through. Transfer to a plate. </li><li>Add the remaining <strong>2 tablespoons oil</strong> to the skillet. Add <strong>3 minced garlic cloves</strong> and cook for 30 seconds, until fragrant. Push the garlic to one side, pour in <strong>2 lightly beaten eggs</strong>, and cook, stirring gently, until softly scrambled. </li><li>Add the drained noodles and the sauce, and toss for 1 to 2 minutes, until the noodles are coated and beginning to soften fully. </li><li>Return the cooked shrimp to the skillet. Add <strong>1 cup fresh bean sprouts</strong>, <strong>1 thinly sliced red bell pepper</strong>, <strong>1 shredded carrot</strong>, and <strong>3 chopped green onions</strong>, and toss for 1 to 2 minutes, until everything is hot and the vegetables are just slightly softened. </li><li>Remove from the heat and fold in half of the <strong>1/2 cup chopped dry roasted peanuts</strong> and half of the <strong>1/2 cup chopped fresh cilantro</strong>. </li><li>Divide among plates and top with the remaining peanuts and cilantro. Serve with <strong>2 limes, cut into wedges</strong>, and extra sriracha on the side.</li></ol><h2>Nutrition Facts</h2><ul><li><strong>Calories:</strong> 470 kcal</li><li><strong>Carbs:</strong> 46 g</li><li><strong>Fat:</strong> 23 g</li><li><strong>Fiber:</strong> 4 g</li><li><strong>Protein:</strong> 20 g</li><li><strong>Sodium:</strong> 980 mg</li><li><strong>Sugar:</strong> 13 g</li></ul><h2>What to Serve With</h2><ul><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/spicy-sesame-cucumber-salad">Spicy Sesame Cucumber Salad</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/quick-pickled-radishes-with-beets-and-peppercorns">Quick Pickled Radishes with Beets and Peppercorns</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/din-tai-fung-style-green-beans">Din Tai Fung–Style Green Beans</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/4-easy-dumpling-dipping-sauces">4 Easy Dumpling Dipping Sauces</a></li></ul><h2>Expert Tips</h2><ul><li>Do not soak the noodles until fully soft. They should still have a little firmness before they hit the skillet.</li><li>Cook the shrimp only until opaque, since it returns to the pan later and can overcook quickly.</li><li>Keep the vegetables in the pan just long enough to warm through so the bean sprouts and bell pepper stay crisp-tender.</li><li>Very warm water softens the noodles enough to finish cooking in the skillet without turning mushy.</li><li>If the pan looks dry before the noodles loosen, add a small splash of water to help the sauce coat them evenly.</li></ul><h2>Substitutions</h2><ul><li>Rice vinegar can be replaced with tamarind paste for a more traditional tang and deeper Pad Thai flavor.</li><li>Shrimp can be replaced with chicken if you want a slightly heartier, less briny version.</li><li>Creamy peanut butter can be omitted for a lighter sauce with a sharper sweet-salty balance.</li></ul><h2>Storage</h2><p>Store leftovers in an airtight container in the refrigerator for up to 2 days. Reheat in a skillet over medium heat with a small splash of water to loosen the noodles. Freezing is not recommended, since the noodles and bean sprouts lose their texture after thawing.</p><h2>FAQs</h2><h3>Can I use tamarind instead of rice vinegar?</h3><p>Yes. Tamarind paste gives the dish a more classic Pad Thai flavor with deeper tang and slight fruitiness.</p><h3>Why did my noodles turn mushy?</h3><p>They likely soaked too long before stir-frying. Stop soaking once they are pliable but still a little firm in the center.</p><h3>Can I make Pad Thai less spicy?</h3><p>Yes. Reduce the sriracha in the sauce, then serve extra on the side so each person can adjust the heat.</p><h3>Do I need a wok for this recipe?</h3><p>No. A large skillet works well as long as it is wide enough to toss the noodles and vegetables evenly.</p>]]></content:encoded><media:thumbnail height="675" url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY3NDI3/shrimp-pad-thai-with-peanuts-and-limes---hero-image.jpg?profile=rss" width="1200"/><media:content height="675" medium="image" type="" url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY3NDI3/shrimp-pad-thai-with-peanuts-and-limes---hero-image.jpg?profile=rss" width="1200"><media:title>shrimp-pad-thai-with-peanuts-and-limes---hero-image</media:title><media:text>Shrimp Pad Thai With Peanuts and Limes (Hero Image)</media:text></media:content><media:content height="675" medium="image" type="" url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY3NDI2/shrimp-pad-thai-with-peanuts-and-limes---ingredients.jpg?profile=rss" width="504"><media:title>shrimp-pad-thai-with-peanuts-and-limes---ingredients</media:title></media:content></item><item><title><![CDATA[Skillet Steak Fajitas]]></title><description><![CDATA[Lime juice, cumin, chili powder, garlic, and a little cayenne give the steak and vegetables plenty of flavor, while high heat helps everything cook fast and pick up a little char around the edges. Serve it all in warm tortillas for a simple weeknight dinner. Prep Time: 15 minutesCook Time: 12 ...]]></description><link>https://delishably.com/recipes/steak-fajitas</link><guid isPermaLink="true">https://delishably.com/recipes/steak-fajitas</guid><category><![CDATA[Recipes]]></category><category><![CDATA[30-Minute Meals]]></category><category><![CDATA[Beef]]></category><category><![CDATA[Skillet Recipes for Weeknights]]></category><category><![CDATA[Dinner Recipes]]></category><dc:creator><![CDATA[Felicia Garrett]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Tue, 14 Apr 2026 20:06:53 GMT</pubDate><enclosure url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY3NDM1/skillet-steak-fajitas---hero-image.jpg?profile=rss" length="163553" type="false"/><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Lime juice, cumin, chili powder, garlic, and a little cayenne give the steak and vegetables plenty of flavor, while high heat helps everything cook fast and pick up a little char around the edges. Serve it all in warm tortillas for a simple weeknight dinner.</p><ul><li><strong>Prep Time:</strong> 15 minutes</li><li><strong>Cook Time:</strong> 12 minutes</li><li><strong>Total Time:</strong> 27 minutes</li><li><strong>Servings:</strong> 6</li></ul><h2>Ingredients</h2><h3>For the Steak</h3><ul><li>2 pounds skirt steak, sliced into 1/2-inch strips</li></ul><h3>For the Marinade</h3><ul><li>2 tablespoons olive oil</li><li>1 tablespoon lime juice</li><li>1/2 teaspoon chili powder</li><li>1 teaspoon ground cumin</li><li>1/8 teaspoon cayenne pepper</li><li>1/2 teaspoon kosher salt</li><li>1/2 teaspoon ground black pepper</li><li>2 cloves garlic, minced</li></ul><h3><strong>For the Fajitas</strong></h3><ul><li>1 tablespoon olive oil</li><li>1 medium onion, thinly sliced</li><li>1 red bell pepper, thinly sliced</li><li>1 green bell pepper, thinly sliced</li><li>8 tortillas, warmed</li></ul><h2>Directions</h2><ol><li>In a large bowl, combine the <strong>2 tablespoons olive oil</strong>, <strong>lime juice</strong>, <strong>chili powder</strong>, <strong>cumin</strong>, <strong>cayenne</strong>, <strong>kosher salt</strong>, <strong>black pepper</strong>, and <strong>garlic</strong>. Add the <strong>skirt steak</strong> and toss to coat well. </li><li>Heat a large cast-iron skillet or heavy skillet over medium-high to high heat. Add the steak in a single layer, working in batches if needed, and cook for 2 to 3 minutes, stirring once or twice, until browned and just cooked through. Transfer to a plate. </li><li>Add the remaining <strong>1 tablespoon olive oil</strong> to the skillet. Add the <strong>onion</strong>, <strong>red bell pepper</strong>, and <strong>green bell pepper</strong> and cook for 4 to 5 minutes, stirring often, until just tender and lightly charred in spots. </li><li>Return the steak and any juices to the skillet and toss for 1 minute, until everything is hot and well combined. </li><li>Serve in the <strong>warmed tortillas</strong>.</li></ol><h2>Nutrition Facts</h2><ul><li><strong>Calories:</strong> 366 kcal</li><li><strong>Carbs:</strong> 15 g</li><li><strong>Fat:</strong> 21 g</li><li><strong>Fiber:</strong> 2 g</li><li><strong>Protein:</strong> 28 g</li><li><strong>Sodium:</strong> 352 mg</li><li><strong>Sugar:</strong> 3 g</li></ul><h2>What to Serve With</h2><ul><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/mexican-rice">Mexican Rice</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/guacamole-recipe-with-tomatillo-and-lime-pickled-onion">Guacamole with Tomatillo and Pickled Onion</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/quick-salsa-with-tomatoes-lime-and-cilantro">Quick Salsa</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/cheesy-green-chile-corn">Cheesy Green Chile Corn</a></li></ul><h2>Expert Tips</h2><ul><li>Slice the onion and peppers to a similar thickness so they soften at the same rate.</li><li>Let the skillet heat fully before adding the steak to build color fast on the outside.</li><li>Return the steak only briefly at the end to keep it from overcooking.</li><li>A hot skillet helps the steak brown quickly before it releases too much moisture.</li><li>Cook the steak in batches if needed so the strips sear instead of steam.</li></ul><h2>Substitutions</h2><ul><li>Skirt steak can be replaced with flank steak for a slightly leaner bite and similar searing performance.</li><li>Red bell pepper can be replaced with yellow bell pepper for a sweeter flavor and similar texture.</li><li>Tortillas can be replaced with flour tortillas if you want a softer, more flexible wrap.</li></ul><h2>Storage</h2><p>Store leftover steak and vegetables in an airtight container in the refrigerator for up to 4 days. Store extra tortillas separately in a sealed bag or container. Reheat the filling in a skillet over medium heat until hot. The cooked filling freezes well in a freezer-safe container for up to 2 months; thaw overnight in the refrigerator before reheating.</p><h2>FAQs</h2><h3>What cut of steak is best for fajitas?</h3><p>Skirt steak is the classic choice because it cooks quickly and stays flavorful in thin strips. Flank steak also works well.</p><h3>Why cook the steak and vegetables separately?</h3><p>Separate cooking keeps the steak browned and prevents the vegetables from crowding the pan during the sear.</p><h3>Can I make the filling ahead?</h3><p>Yes. Cook the steak and vegetables, cool them, and refrigerate. Reheat in a skillet just before serving.</p><h3>How do I keep the steak tender?</h3><p>Cook it quickly over high heat and return it to the skillet only long enough to warm through with the vegetables.</p>]]></content:encoded><media:thumbnail height="675" url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY3NDM1/skillet-steak-fajitas---hero-image.jpg?profile=rss" width="1200"/><media:content height="675" medium="image" type="" url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY3NDM1/skillet-steak-fajitas---hero-image.jpg?profile=rss" width="1200"><media:title>skillet-steak-fajitas---hero-image</media:title><media:text>Skillet Steak Fajitas (Hero Image)</media:text></media:content></item><item><title><![CDATA[Corn Avocado Salad]]></title><description><![CDATA[Sweet charred corn, creamy avocado, fresh herbs, and salty Cotija give this salad plenty of contrast. A quick paprika dressing ties it together, while jalapeño and shallot add just enough sharpness to keep the flavors lively and balanced. Prep Time: 15 minutesCook Time: 10 minutesTotal Time: 25 ...]]></description><link>https://delishably.com/recipes/corn-avocado-salad</link><guid isPermaLink="true">https://delishably.com/recipes/corn-avocado-salad</guid><category><![CDATA[Recipes]]></category><category><![CDATA[Vegetables]]></category><category><![CDATA[Corn]]></category><category><![CDATA[Salads]]></category><category><![CDATA[Fourth of July Recipes]]></category><category><![CDATA[Summer]]></category><dc:creator><![CDATA[Felicia Garrett]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Tue, 14 Apr 2026 19:51:58 GMT</pubDate><enclosure url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY3MzMw/charred-corn-avocados-salad-with-cotija---hero-image.jpg?profile=rss" length="135203" type="false"/><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Sweet charred corn, creamy avocado, fresh herbs, and salty Cotija give this salad plenty of contrast. A quick paprika dressing ties it together, while jalapeño and shallot add just enough sharpness to keep the flavors lively and balanced.</p><ul><li><strong>Prep Time:</strong> 15 minutes</li><li><strong>Cook Time:</strong> 10 minutes</li><li><strong>Total Time:</strong> 25 minutes</li><li><strong>Servings:</strong> 4</li></ul><figure>
                        
                        <img src="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY3MzI5/charred-corn-avocados-salad-with-cotija---ingredients.jpg?profile=rss" height="675" width="504">
                        
                    </figure>
                    <h2>Ingredients</h2><h3>Salad</h3><ul><li>4 fresh ears of corn, husked</li><li>1 small shallot, finely chopped</li><li>2 avocados, cut into bite-size pieces</li><li>1 fresh jalapeño, seeded if desired and finely chopped</li><li>1/4 cup fresh basil leaves, chopped or torn</li><li>1/4 cup fresh mint leaves, chopped or torn</li><li>1/3 cup roasted, salted pumpkin seeds</li><li>1/3 cup crumbled Cotija cheese</li></ul><h3>Dressing</h3><ul><li>2 tablespoons extra-virgin olive oil, plus more as needed</li><li>1 tablespoon rice vinegar</li><li>2 tablespoons mayonnaise</li><li>1 garlic clove, finely grated or minced</li><li>1 teaspoon paprika</li><li>kosher salt, to taste</li><li>freshly ground black pepper, to taste</li></ul><h2>Directions</h2><ol><li>Heat a grill or grill pan over medium-high heat. Cook the <strong>4 ears corn</strong>, turning occasionally, until tender and charred in spots, 8 to 10 minutes. Let cool slightly, then cut the kernels from the cobs into a large bowl.</li><li>In a small bowl, whisk together the <strong>2 tablespoons olive oil</strong>, <strong>1 tablespoon rice vinegar</strong>, <strong>2 tablespoons mayonnaise</strong>, <strong>garlic clove</strong>, and <strong>1 teaspoon paprika</strong> until smooth. Season with salt and black pepper.</li><li>Add the <strong>shallot</strong>, <strong>avocados</strong>, <strong>jalapeño</strong>, <strong>basil</strong>, <strong>mint</strong>, and <strong>pumpkin seeds</strong> to the bowl with the corn.</li><li>Pour the dressing over the salad and toss gently until coated, being careful not to break up the avocado too much.</li><li>Fold in the <strong>Cotija</strong>. Taste and adjust with more salt, black pepper, or rice vinegar as needed.</li><li>Serve right away, or let the salad sit for 10 minutes before serving.</li></ol><h2>Nutrition Facts</h2><ul><li><strong>Calories:</strong> 324 kcal</li><li><strong>Carbs:</strong> 24 g</li><li><strong>Fat:</strong> 24 g</li><li><strong>Fiber:</strong> 7 g</li><li><strong>Protein:</strong> 7 g</li><li><strong>Sodium:</strong> 286 mg</li><li><strong>Sugar:</strong> 5 g</li></ul><h2>What to Serve With</h2><ul><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/grilled-chicken-breasts-with-simple-marinade">Grilled Chicken Breasts With Simple Marinade</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/marinated-skirt-steak">Marinated Skirt Steak</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/recipes/coconut-lime-chicken-thighs-with-jasmine-rice">Coconut Lime Chicken Thighs With Jasmine Rice</a></li><li><a href="https://delishably.com/carne-asada-tacos-with-guacamole-onion-and-cilantro">Carne Asada Tacos With Guacamole, Onion, and Cilantro</a></li></ul><h2>Expert Tips</h2><ul><li>Let the corn cool just enough to handle before cutting the kernels so steam does not warm the avocado.</li><li>Whisk the dressing until fully smooth before adding it to the salad so the mayonnaise coats the corn evenly.</li><li>Fold the cheese in last to keep it from dissolving into the dressing.</li><li>Add the avocado close to serving time if you want the cleanest texture and color.</li></ul><h2>Substitutions</h2><ul><li>Cotija cheese can be replaced with feta for a saltier, slightly tangier finish.</li><li>Basil can be replaced with additional mint if you want a cooler, sharper herb profile.</li><li>Rice vinegar can be replaced with lime juice for a brighter, more citrus-forward dressing.</li></ul><h2>Storage</h2><p>Store the salad in an airtight container in the refrigerator for up to 1 day. Press a piece of plastic wrap or parchment directly against the surface to slow avocado browning. Freezing is not recommended because the avocado and herbs lose their texture.</p><h2>FAQs</h2><h3>Can I make the salad ahead?</h3><p>You can cook the corn and mix the dressing several hours ahead. Cut and add the avocado just before serving for the best texture and color.</p><h3>How spicy is this salad?</h3><p>With 1 jalapeño, the heat is moderate. Remove the seeds and ribs for a milder salad, or leave them in for more heat.</p><h3>What can I use instead of pumpkin seeds?</h3><p>Roasted sunflower seeds are the closest swap. They keep the same crunch, though the flavor is slightly less earthy.</p>]]></content:encoded><media:thumbnail height="675" url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY3MzMw/charred-corn-avocados-salad-with-cotija---hero-image.jpg?profile=rss" width="1200"/><media:content height="675" medium="image" type="" url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY3MzMw/charred-corn-avocados-salad-with-cotija---hero-image.jpg?profile=rss" width="1200"><media:title>charred-corn-avocados-salad-with-cotija---hero-image</media:title><media:text>Charred Corn Avocados Salad With Cotija (Hero Image)</media:text></media:content><media:content height="675" medium="image" type="" url="https://delishably.com/.image/MTg6MDAwMDAwMDAwMDY3MzI5/charred-corn-avocados-salad-with-cotija---ingredients.jpg?profile=rss" width="504"><media:title>charred-corn-avocados-salad-with-cotija---ingredients</media:title></media:content></item></channel></rss>